Home

ZyXEL P-2802H(W)(L)-I Series User's Manual

1. 120104005 IP Static Route set 4 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120104006 IP Static Route set 4 Metric 0 120104007 IP Static Route set 4 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zu Menu 12 1 5 IP Static Route Setup EL F PVA INPUT 120105001 IP Static Route set 5 Name Str 120105002 IP Static Route set 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120105003 IP Static Route set 5 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120105004 IP Static Route set 5 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120105005 IP Static Route set 5 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120105006 IP Static Route set 5 Metric 0 120105007 IP Static Route set 5 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 6 IP Static Route Setup EL E PVA INPUT 120106001 IP Static Route set 6 Name Str 120106002 IP Static Route set 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120106003 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120106004 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120106005 IP Static Route set 6 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120106006 IP Static Route set 6 Metric 0 0106007 IP Static Route set 6 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 7 IP Static Route Setup EI E PVA INPUT 120107001 IP Static Route set 7 Name Str 120107002 IP Static Route set 7 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 120107003 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0
2. ARRET THE ik Be LR SSR IRE PS ABE e VD EMBRAER gt m Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix G Legal Information 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product 1s free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will cons
3. 79 Figure 37 intemmet Access Setup PPPOE scinccincnmiincsieaiancinn Baba G 84 Figure 38 Advanced Internet Access Setup 1c sees etienne ett ta duet bed erea etd dans atl puri aa bL dde 86 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 21 List of Figures Figure 39 VAN Inter EIU cssseasecastvere temp n App YR OPES YER EROR T PLLA ERR LR RM S pd ga 87 Figura 40 LAM and WAN IP Addresses esie cene ptacids koe Lartbbe n bak eX E Pb I IE RE RPE LA MR RR EU DII E RRME REL E EH ECU DRE naana 89 Figure 41 Any IP Example mc 93 POTAE LAN IF eA EU 94 Figure 43 Advanced LAN SOUD C AEN 95 Figure 44 DHCP SEUD seriearen nen Ae E A E A 96 Foue GNE EE ME Mr xr 98 Figure 46 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks ssn ee 99 Figuig dT LAN TE AUS a sss cosines sachs Sens dn d M p Hcc A RR UU pn RU e oce Dad rd e wes 100 Figure 48 Example of a Wireless Network eeeeeseeseeesseeee cerent na nuin tht a na nina aa aa nean d Xa sod 44 101 Figure 49 Wireless LAN gt General M 105 Figure SO Wireless NO SECUI ecesaissrinesinsaccxesianeaanatexadeanenesiananer A 106 Figure 51 Wireless Statio WEP EnCIyplioli cacsaniiennennineikiinpi nnn pen LED I rn A o ER bai 107 Figure 52 Wireless WIPALZT POIK asrini saninin ra kindas sasndu dcus esu duc bc AANE bee LEE pUbcd daba
4. 160 TT Firewall alos SITIO Luiiocceien sax cetur Edad x Rh Keg ti rdc n Ken E eeu iia 161 115 1 Coniguing Firewall RUDS uakteseixe kk oH RH REN XY PE HERE EPEFO UE HE oduA GE pepsdd an Rr prora ia 163 TLOZ USO DONCS sasini t dsubebe tested dd det ga d dod Au dab d EURO 166 11 8 3 Configuring A Customized SEAN uias cca ice tha dark Fi ih kn eda n t da 166 T7 Example Firewall RUIE RR 167 TIS Fipewall TO ONE ona A 171 UE AD 55R E e A E E E A E P E A A E 172 11 8 2 Configuring Firewall Thresholds sicccscccsctccnis ssssecccis teta torta debet ne 172 Chapter 12 sip EIL IC t ETT TTE E E 175 12 1 Content Filtering OOVOPIIB u scedadiesoxcetnnenpoaiedi dna Enn a oa a Kn e p 175 12 2 Configuring Keyword BIGCKING auuccisseeeieeeeeen iier catbne tior rtt nai tetro tuni teer tI Seer Itane A 175 12 3 Comigurnng te Schedule A c 176 124 Configuring Trusted Computers ec innn bunepeeaimermeenmrnneinin 177 Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSEC cnan 179 TIT VE OVENI TTE 179 TIF EE aaa A TS A a AEA 179 13 1 2 Security ASSOGANON m didinane NA EA aai 179 TeL O TINO tmm 179 13 14 YPN Appicalone Ae ae E 180 13 2 IP SGC ejos ge 180 TPCA S a ENA AE LU 181 Ea c eT 181 TS ERESDSBIMDL quideni bo do bn e MB ota D Do d OR a o EE FUR cool quad 181 E MET ree IM rs Oo aai adaa aaa 182 jer MI UCSNSDoUL d 1
5. EL F PVA INPUT 20102001 IP Static Route set 2 Name x 120102002 IP Static Route set 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20102003 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120102004 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120102005 IP Static Route set 2 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120102006 IP Static Route set 2 Metric 0 20102007 IP Static Route set 2 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 3 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 20103001 IP Static Route set 3 Name Str 120103002 IP Static Route set 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20103003 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120103004 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120103005 IP Static Route set 3 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120103006 IP Static Route set 3 Metric 0 120103007 IP Static Route set 3 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 4 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 120104001 IP Static Route set 4 Name Str 120104002 IP Static Route set 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt ex 120104003 IP Static Route set 4 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120104004 IP Static Route set 4 Destination zx IP subnetmask P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 172 Menu 12 continued
6. P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 174 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 Menu 21 Filter set 41 FI FN PVA INPUT 210100001 Filter Set 1 Name Str Menu 21 1 1 1 set 1 rule 1 FI F PVA INPUT 210101001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt Es 210101002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210101003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210101004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210101005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210101006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210101007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210101009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask 0 210101010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210101011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210101014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 2 set 1 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210102001 IP Filter Set
7. 411 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure T Secure Internet Access Applicator iuis ei orta ad dd reien rbd gore t ea as a e din 37 Figure 2 WLAN Application Example i2 con ete epe Ee De ca rnb eani ed ai Lc aa i A beta 38 Figure 3 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application ssssssssssseeeeme 39 Figure 4 Pesr ri paer Calling aessepet ei ae etus WWRREDOSS SE prELSS Re OLSHS REPOS UPS MARO ER PR P ARE PR LAE RR KS 39 zo E WIS cq cider sacericnraacio manana re re 40 Figure G Password SOGBIN 45 ceisedsisestsecenssievieina scarves tsasineiend E a A E 44 Figure 7 Change Password Sereen Luise tunso etes oacetai easnid caus anedhatienndd ghia abe eI a Up aaia Heel inca 44 Figure 3 Replace Cerliiicate Sree sarnenuniincrii inati eann E damna one 45 Figure 9 Wizard or Advanced SCOOT sssrinin EE 45 zela e E T A A E EAA EASA N A T A AAAA 46 Figure TI Selecta Moge c a R a 54 Figure TZ Nea NOE a E 54 Figure 13 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters cc cccceeeerccessseeercecaeeseerseceeteeesnenenarence 55 Figure 14 Internet Connection With PPPOE oat eto rti p eter rmv neir tape rte epp Eb DER PI er PU cb Para prb Viger aide 56 Figure 15 Internet Connection with Ethernet uus corrente rime kk pete ke rx tri nah a RR d Ed 57 FRI TS ORIEN UG SU e re 58 Figure F Connection Test Failed eco d poer co dod e ceo ebd Ci P Des onan be RR URN
8. 129 10 1 Introduction t0 WP M 129 js 129 jr E hri mtt 129 10 2 2 SIP Call Progression D R 130 105 3 SIE SENES oae Welten ntu c viduae t adip iui vaca E Reap ef dr 130 j ies d doge M 132 1025 Paleo Codo DIDO uo t 132 LUN a E cr MN ako sacs aca tic cen ana RU ENS 132 10 2 7 PSTN Call Setup Signaling 2253 ctor iigiin E n aE aAA EE 133 10 2 8 MWI Message Waiting Indication sssini 133 AAC usomi TIS NR er ES 133 19 3 Qualy SF Servic OOS anerian 134 WY TS OF mcs T 134 jc Tia E Tp 134 jiu s Won EET 135 10 4 SIP Sottings SCN air aaa cada ana i hp ica Vs neta la ch dopa ices Vana ena blade 135 15 5 Advanced SIP Setup SOGE cisicssessriedinscevcrsediasersaucsisedvesamavesianeiedesriebaieinianieernaanneTen 137 TE pec 0l Mee 141 QUEE ISI T ESSE 141 10 7 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression ssssssssseeee 141 10 7 2 Comfort Noise Generation isses diaz Dread rada d e pd RR bd dk dd ad 142 jM meer e OT anaa 142 1O Analog PRONE SHORN e 142 10 9 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen uees sese eset nnn ninth anna ttn annua aud 143 10 10 Common Phone Settings SO Gell iuusasciieccide eere bred kk tede ianiai E bcc Ero
9. Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones 1s the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 155 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 242 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 28 2 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 0925 6 Notation Since the mask 1s always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Tabl
10. sseeeessesss 309 23 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example 2 cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeaees 310 23 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients 0 ccccceseesseceeseeecccneeeees 310 29 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TE TP ssssccccssrcsieresnecavsesne caaerennscasteanecassecmncasuveuiae 310 23 7 5 TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example sss 311 23 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients eeeeeeese 311 23 0 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration uuossssece ise e ore ear du ed ri ea eie 312 23 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example esee eet nnn nn 312 23 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads eeeeeeee 312 23 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 313 23 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeneneaeees 313 FAXTCEUNIIEI H7 GS 313 23 9 4 TFTP Upload Command Example 1 cm rerba ret n ttr kn nnb ia Lp ken 314 Chapter 24 Bici m a 315 24 1 General DIAGNOSE m 315 42 DSL Ling TS 8 Cm ee a tenda e d ats rp eer reer ce ore 315 Chapter 25 FRU es ANA P E 317 25 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS sseeesee ne 317 2a
11. 241 DP BSS SRI c 242 AT eel Glee CMTE ALIGN ete 243 1S2 OS EXAM BIC RR 246 Ce ea sis eee eee eee Me ertrer een eter a e I ER E de eed os SE RTL 248 Chapter 18 BUB IET I vies sa states 251 18 1 Dynamic DNS OVOIVIGM ocu i esd didukes tas dier kkovda v pon Qaa dub A aE iE A aaia i eNi 251 151 1 DYNDINS WIGAN usa c deed a xe b edi o e a co Era ER ea aae 251 122 Gohnneunndg Dossmic DNS ceabetedia s tope am E tU sided et n ees aide 251 Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration eese eeeeeeueeneen nennen nennen 255 18 1 Remote Management DVervieW 12s endete Eros dea o sad dX i de aandaa 295 19 1 1 Remote Management Limitations sssssssssssssssssseseeneee nennen 256 19 1 2 Remote Management and NAT ciccsiicsis dices epe iieri apt SE pRo a Pec be pp a bei e erai 256 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents al gj M 256 Qe so PENIS EEE eer 257 TO WOU e ees pie tains olen ee cata I E ods ain E gente E Ase t chaaabied eemtadmupiacladeneidee 258 PAP IN 27 eee ica al Rd C RE arcte ob a rb utc pr E DER rr aera nae 259 19 4 1 Intemet Explorer Warning Massages serrer eerte nnne n nerd riei 259 19 4 2 Netscape Navigator Warning Messages cccsseeeceesseneecceeeseneeeeeeneeneeceeansenes 260 19 4 3 Avoiding the Browser
12. REGISTER Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server if your VoIP Server Address service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same address you entered in the SIP Server Address field You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters REGISTER Enter the SIP register server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider Server Port gave you one Otherwise enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port field SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI this is the part after the Domain symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VoIP phone calls Clear this if you do not want to send identification Authentication P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 48 SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced
13. FI F PVA INPUT 210201001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Type 0 none 2 TCP EY IP 210201002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210201003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210201004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210201006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210201007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210201010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210201011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210201014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 2 Filter set 2 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210202001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210202002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Active
14. After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen Figure 185 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 23 5 Backup and Restore See Section 23 7 on page 309 and Section 23 8 on page 312 for transferring configuration files using FTP TFTP commands Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears in this screen as shown next P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools Figure 186 Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Path Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective a
15. Table 3 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On Your device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking Your device is rebooting and performing a self test Red On Your device is not ready or there is a malfunction None Off Your device is not turned on ETHERNET Green On Your device has a successful Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data None Off The Ethernet port is not connected P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Table 3 LEDs continued LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION WLAN Green On Your device is ready but is not sending receiving data through the wireless LAN Blinking Your device is sending receiving data through the wireless LAN None Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed DSL Green On Your device has a DSL connection None Off The DSL link is down INTERNET Green On Your device has an IP connection but no traffic Your device has a WAN IP address either static or assigned by a DHCP server PPP negotiation was successfully completed if used and the DSL connection is up Blinking Your device is sending or receiving IP traffic Red On Your device attempted to make an IP connection but failed Possible causes are no response from a DHCP server no PPPoE response PPPoE authentication failed None Off Your device does not have an IP connection PH
16. 7 6 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC addresses P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings Figure 45 LAN Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address fig2 168 1 66 E d IP Address Ee Client List MAC Address a4 BB CC EE EE EE IBM1 192 168 1 33 11 22 33 44 55 66 Vv g 192 168 1 34 44 BB CC DD EE FF Vv g HP 192 168 1 99 AA BB CCIKK FF GG L Apply Reset Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address that you will also specify MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displ
17. Available Selected Services Please see Appendix E on page 373 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add 2 to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go Administrator When Matched Information to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule Message to is matched Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 6 2 Customized Servi
18. Encapsulation Key only with ESP With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Authentication Key Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA 1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 14 16 Viewing SA Monitor Click Security gt VPN gt Monitor to open the screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections A Security Association SA is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel This screen displays active VPN connections Use Refresh to display active VPN connections This screen is read only The following table describes the fields in this tab P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens When there is outbound
19. Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 160 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER PARU S LR IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 161 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 161 Eight Subnets continued SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 162 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER NET HOST BITS SUB 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28
20. P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 156 Remote Management Telnet Telnet Port q Note o Ea Access Status Secured Client IP You may also need to create a Firewallrule 23 LAN amp WAN x Gal C Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 106 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 7 Configuring FTP You can use FTP File Transfer Protocol to upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files please see the User s Guide chapter on firmware and configuration f
21. The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 71 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Subnet P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 71 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind the remote Address IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address
22. 120112003 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120112004 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20112005 IP Static Route set 12 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120112006 IP Static Route set 12 Metric 0 20112007 IP Static Route set 12 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt ex Menu 12 1 13 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120113001 IP Static Route set 13 Name lt Str gt 120113002 IP Static Route set 13 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120113003 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120113004 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120113005 IP Static Route set 13 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120113006 IP Static Route set 13 Metric 0 120113007 IP Static Route set 13 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 14 IP Static Route Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 120114001 IP Static Route set 14 Name Str 120114002 IP Static Route set 14 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120114003 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 705 0 0 0 IP address 120114004 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120114005 IP Static Route set 14 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120114006 IP Static Route set 14 Metric 0 120114007 IP Static Route set 14 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 15 IP Static Route Setup FI FE PVA INPUT 120115001 IP Static Route set 15 Name Str 120115002 IP Static Route set 15 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes
23. 25 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login e forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address ofthe ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 41 e forgot the password 1 The default password is 1234 2 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 41 e cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 f you changed the IP address Section 7 3 1 on page 91 use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See App
24. Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not Clear the check box to disable the rule Select the check box to enable it Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Netmask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the Remove icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click this to apply your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to return to the previously saved configuration 16 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Static Route Figure 135 Static Route Edit Active Route Name IP Subnet Mask Static Route Setup Destination IP Address Gateway IP Address
25. WAN IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s WAN port Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are DHCP Ethernet and PPPoE Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up LAN Port Statistics P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 18 Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface This field displays either Ethernet LAN ports or Wireless WLAN port Status For the LAN ports this field displays Down line is down or Up line is up or connected For
26. Firewall Alert From Date Fri From 128 used To Apr Apr 10 10 2055 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 zyxel com zyxel com End of Firewall Log End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent From 192 168 1 1 TO 192 16841 255 default policy forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 From 192 168 1 131 10 192 168 1 255 default policy forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 ESTA Ds s tese an ee STD pens From 192 168 1 1 TO 7192 1684 1 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 From 192 168 1 131 To2192 16071420255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 From 192 168 1 1 TO 192 168 1 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs 22 5 Log Descriptions This section provides descriptions of example log messages Table 118 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s
27. Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You can change this in the Status screen Registered The SIP account is registered with a SIP server Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Last Registration This field displays the last time you successfully registered the SIP account It displays N A if you never successfully registered this account URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Protocol This field displays the transport protocol the SIP account uses SIP accounts always use UDP Message Waiting This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for the SIP account Last Incoming This field displays the last number that called the SIP account It displays N A if no Number number has ever dialed the SIP account Last Outgoing This field displays the last number the SIP account called It displays N A if the Number SIP account has never dialed a number Call Statistics Phone This field displays each phone port in the ZyXEL Device H
28. SIP Account se x IV Active SIP Account SIP Local Port SIP Server Address SIP Server Port REGISTER Server Address REGISTER Server Port SIP Service Domain v Send Caller ID User Name hangem 5060 1025 65535 127 0 0 1 5060 1 65535 27001 s060 1 65535 127 0 0 1 changeme erm Apply Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 48 SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account Select the SIP account you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes SIP Settings Active SIP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Clear it if you do not Account want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Local Port Enter the ZyXEL Device s listening port number if your VolP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value SIP Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VolP Address service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Server Port Enter the SIP server s listening port number if your VolP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value
29. Support E mail support zyxel co jp Sales E mail zyp zyxel co jp Telephone 81 3 6847 3700 Fax 81 3 6847 3705 Web www zyxel co jp Regular Mail ZyXEL Japan 3F Office T amp U 1 10 10 Higashi Gotanda Shinagawa ku Tokyo 141 0022 Japan Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk Ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan Malaysia Support E mail support zyxel com my Sales E mail sales zyxel com my Telephone 603 8076 9933 Fax 603 8076 9833 Web http www zyxel com my Regular Mail ZyXEL Malaysia Sdn Bhd 1 02 amp 1 03 Jalan Kenari 17F Bandar Puchong Jaya 47100 Puchong Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia North America Support E mail support zyxel com Sales E mail sales zyxel com Telephone 1 800 255 4101 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web www us zyxel com FTP ftp us zyxel com P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 407 Appendix H Customer Support 408 Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telephone 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway
30. System Setup System Name Domain Name Timer Password Old Password Mew Password yo Caution Administrator Inactivity Retype to confirm Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password m m s minutes 0 means no timeout m m m Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 113 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or telnet can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password Old Passwor
31. Packet Length Em psc 0 63 Ethernet Priority 0 VLAN ID k 24094 Back Apply Cancel 17 4 QoS Monitor To view the ZyXEL Device s QoS packet statistics click Advanced gt QoS gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Figure 144 QoS Monitor QoS Monitor 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps 0 bps E Set Interval Stop P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 103 QoS Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION Priority Queue This shows the priority queue number Traffic assigned to higher index queues gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues is dropped if the network is congested Pass This shows how many packets mapped to this priority queue are transmitted successfully Drop This shows how many packets mapped to this priority queue are dropped Poll Interval s Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval s field Stop Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your Zy
32. Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de Telephone 49 2405 6909 69 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary Support E mail support g zyxel hu Sales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix H Customer Support India Support E mail support zyxel in Sales E mail sales zyxel in Telephone 91 11 30888144 to 91 11 30888153 Fax 91 11 30888149 91 11 26810715 Web http www zyxel in Regular Mail India ZyXEL Technology India Pvt Ltd II Floor F2 9 Okhla Phase 1 New Delhi 110020 India
33. DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Single x IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask o 0 0 0 Remote Remote Address Type Single x IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask o 0 0 0 Address Information Local ID Type pus x Content My IP Address 0 0 0 0 Peer ID Type IP Y Content Secure Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol ESP x Pre Shared Key C Certificate auto generated self signed cert J See My Certificates Encryption Algorithrn pes 7 Authentication Algorithm SHa Back Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 77 VPN Setup Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet leaves the firewall Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 77 VPN Setup Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION NAT Traversal This function is available if the VPN protocol is ESP Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when the
34. Figure 32 Status Screen Refresh Interval None gt Apply Host Name System Uptime 0 20 28 Model Number P2802HWL I1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 27 09 MAC Address 00 19 cb 1c 08 4d System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 70 ALIA 0 b3 05 14 2007 WAN Interface VDSL Ethernet WAN Information CPU Usage 0 0095 IP Address 0 0 0 0 Memory Usage EE IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Default Gateway N A LAN Information IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Security N A Firewall Enabled Content Filter Disable 100M Full Duplex 54M Summary Client List AnyIP Table WLAN Status VPN Status Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics YoIP Status Ss Roalteton r SIP 1 Register Register Fail changeme 127 0 0 1 SIP 2 Register Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 73 Chapter 5 Status Screens Each field is described in the following table Table 15 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Apply Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information Host Name This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the Maintenance System General screen s
35. Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same as the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate The ZyXEL Device uses rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Some certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 87 My Certificate Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate owner s IP address
36. LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 5 DHCP Setup Click Network gt DHCP Setup to open this screen Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 44 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Server IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 Pool Size az Remote DHCP Server fo 0 0 0 DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server First DNS Server Obtained From ISP x 0 0 0 0 Second D
37. P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Internal SPTGEN Internal SPTGEN Overview Internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table Generator is a configuration text file useful for efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Devices Internal SPTGEN lets you configure save and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file eliminating the need to navigate and configure individual screens for each ZyXEL Device The Configuration Text File Format All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format lt field identification number field name parameter values allowed input where input is your input conforming to parameter values allowed The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file Figure 230 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions Menu 1 General Setup 10000000 Configured 0 No 1 Yes gt L 10000001 System Name Str Your Device 10000002 Location Str gt 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str 10000004 Route IP 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000005 Route IPX lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000006 Bridge 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 BS DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in this appendix are example menus meant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ P 2802H W L Series
38. bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Get rom t file The command get transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your computer The name rom t is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device 4 Edit the rom t file using a text editor do not use a word processor You must leave this FTP screen to edit 378 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Figure 233 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example c N tp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom t ftp bye C Nedit rom t edit the rom t text file by a text editor and save it BES You can rename your rom t file when you save it to your computer but it must be named rom t when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Upload your rom t file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the put command computer to the ZyXEL Device 4 Exit this FTP application Figure 234 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example GrNftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put
39. 1100 3 3 1 001110 250 1100 001100 001010 001000 4 4 2 010110 010100 010010 010000 5 5 3 011110 250 011100 011010 011000 6 6 4 100110 100100 100010 100000 5 101110 101000 7 7 6 110000 7 111000 17 2 Configuring QoS General Screen Click Advanced gt QoS to open the screen as shown next Use this screen to enable or disable QoS and select to have the ZyXEL Device automatically assign priority to traffic according to the IEEE 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length See Section 17 1 on page 239 for more information P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Figure 136 QoS General General Active QoS WAN Managed Bandwidth 100000 kbps Traffic priority will be automatically assigned by 1 Ethernet Priority orr 7 2 IP Precedence OFF 7 3 Packet Length OFF Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 100 QoS General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active QoS Select the check box to turn on QoS to improve your network performance You can give priority to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through the WAN interface Give high priority to voice and video to make them run more smoothly Similarly give low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications WAN Enter the amount of bandwidth for the WAN interfa
40. 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 163 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Most SOWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 163 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single us
41. 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 176 Menu 23 System Menus Menu 23 1 System Password Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 176 Menu 23 System Menus continued Timer 230000000 System Password 1234 Menu 23 2 System security radius server FI FN PVA INPUT 230200001 Authentication Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt ZR 230200002 Authentication Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt eO 230200003 Authentication Server IP Address PO2 1 68 1 32 230200004 Authentication Server Port 1822 230200005 Authentication Server Shared Secret ITITIITLIITIIT 111 ITLITIIITTIT 1111 230200006 Accounting Server Configured O No 1 Yes gt 230200007 Accounting Server Active O No 1 Yes gt 230200008 Accounting Server IP Address 192 168 1 44 230200009 Accounting Server Port 1823 230200010 Accounting Server Shared Secret 1234 Menu 23 4 System security IEEE802 1x FI FN PVA INPUT 230400
42. 350 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 217 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PR Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet MER zone Medium privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable tj information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing v Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 218 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Add Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ Close P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5
43. 71 Chapter 5 Dias SETOBHS Gs er er ee ee er E EIE EN EINE MN EE MM SIM NR 73 51 SEUS SOGE sssrcadescauctrestaderarensqayserecsacgesiacecsioussastsenmeein Gaucieete ea eR a EEr 73 Paa o UP E I IN E PE I N PAAA A A N AITA A AE 76 502 WLAN Salus VY modek GON erranen AN 77 B PS SNCS aoaaa aa a en a orla dad dorus 77 SEVP OO aaa a OO TS DT 79 Chapter 6 WAN SOTO esiseina iaaea aaa aaa aE aa ea ia AAN 83 61 WAN OVErGW e M 83 GT PPP Orem onanan AAA ea o oa nea 83 Sd IP Addos ASIn anaa brroU n qaae qno be repli eips ais Depurdo utc uM RP En up Dp OPER 83 6 1 3 Nailed Up Connection PRP 84 GOL NUS POOR HIER sussa aaan edni Eaa E EEA ida adaa eA aiaa Aaa aaa 84 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Access Sep x cise iccaciaisescasisssjonccrsmsvaciaasasesaecenasenranamamercaneieieds 86 ce WAN Ui SOUD 1 id seas eel Boe dared ele ous aes o eR and pra ore Sau ek eves suas 87 Chapter 7 ERN aU Hb AIR Fd A EE T E E E LARUM E E E UA FERE K 89 FEES S emet 89 71 LARS WANS and the ZyXEL DEVICE isuieksavbvp perdo oni eeen i 89 PELER P iioc T TT Te 90 PANES y coii o m 90 12 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents Fee LI nie m P 90 TAN IP Address and Subnet Mask ussuduzscct sio autetn HELD E Eos d RU aiandi E bu a FUNK EO Ratis aa 91 TA E T E E Ur 92 KE ROAST wc St naina ra D E AE A A AA 92 rE POP e E T E E T E E E EE E 93 TA Coniguing LAN I
44. AA 97 Toe 20 LAN Oront D Tr 98 TOCA COAN IP AIOS emt 100 Table 28 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication sssssssssssseees 103 Table 29 Additional Wireless Terie 2er e ee EHE PUDE HEIN M Pte rr cEPEHM FI ee vU ERA AU eres eas 104 Table 30 Wireless LAN General aecusinetesbatessscsi orrei RUP tae ao seucineuchdstessantsstasiesisenlioeuestaereste 105 Table 31 Wireless ING SOONG RT US 106 Table 32 Wireless Stale WEP EREIYDUDH 1iseacicii eux FERRO ee pEFEUA EFE CHEDIG EX REEL E ERE FRU e OT ERER DER EXX HEAT AREE RUN 107 Table 33 Wirelass WPA PPOR Satanas rae ope Gta addict Rt gU td io d Men dg 108 Table 34 Wireless VU ATE laa Sates paa innate d bo Bai te ips Ti e opa dE ond add cd buds add dud v da 109 Nie rop IIS MESI 111 Table 36 Network Wireless LAN gt OTIST iiie rppet eEFRIM ELS SE IE SHE VPRPRCKEERERRROETI S ianiai 112 Table ar MAC Address PASE 2oussgsissc dae pt Ni MP eoiva aix EH e UP cM esi zbss tu um MN Nd IPM Ig RR EMI EID MM 115 Table a8 NAT DeflllBOlls xucsexsdisessideoiisvisicdisi udeta aat dees dca leonins viet bod era acie Kom d Qut Eas AE Ed FEE eV de 117 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Tables Table 39 NAT Mapping DVDS assisesese pierre e Ro ps E opt Fia i p t Pg Y vi RR Eo o Rug ad 120 Ie mp e c ev TT 121 Ir DuL dp 124 Table 42 Fon Forwarding Rule Slup usctiisssce Donee dta ed tu ad b CORR Re Fu od Gl a Geb Ho addi 125
45. Before Subnetting cesses eeeennn eeiam enitn nmn 358 Figure 225 Subnetting Example After Subnetting eene nn tn nana nnn 359 Figure 226 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network seessssseeeeeee 363 Figure 227 BASIC OVI o E 364 FUME 220 WINN Me ea NTI WLAN vU TT 365 Figure 229 RISO cq M 366 Figure 230 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions 0 cece ee eeee teen eeeeeeteees 377 Figure 231 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Exemple iuueni ee reri i 378 Figure 232 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Exemple icicccticcisccccssurssscnsssaiiactes sccertccdiaauuretabes 378 Figure 233 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example ssseeecsssseeesssssssesrreeerrrrsnsseernresrnnnnasserenneeernnnnas 379 Figure 234 Internal SPTGEN FIP Upload Example 1 arriere eo poor t EE ERE PRO n e Psy are arx pert nra EE 379 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables TAS 1 NISL AAS td E 35 Eis xd GSTS COIS MOT T m UU T TU mE 35 E Hin que 40 Table 4 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar eterne nenne 46 Table gt Navigation Panel SUITE 3sksdesiosstkretudd ERN EHE EEUD eee ee 47 Table 6 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters 2 ccccccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaecaeceeeeeeeeteneeees 55 Table 7 Internet Connection with PPPOE sisseseade aaaea a
46. DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Automatic metric 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add n TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add Click OK when finished 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es f you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address If you
47. Device is in To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Region Figure 81 VoIP Phone Region Region Settings Region Settings Call Service Mode po Caution CAUTION When Region Settings is changed you need to reboot device to take settings effect Default v Europe Type Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 56 VoIP Phone Region LABEL DESCRIPTION Region Settings Select the place in which the ZyXEL Device is located Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services call hold call waiting call transfer and three way conference calls that your VoIP service provider supports Europe Type use supplementary phone services in European mode USA Type use supplementary phone services American mode You might have to subscribe to these services to use them Contact your VoIP service provider Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 13 Speed Dial Speed dial provides shortcuts for dialing frequently used VoIP phone numbers You also have to create speed dial entries if you want to make peer to peer calls or call SIP numbers that contain letters Once you have configured a speed dial rule you can use a shortcut the speed dial number 01 for example on your phone s keypad to call
48. Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box This field is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Choices are Ethernet and PPPoE User Name PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below IP Address Enter the IP address assigned by your ISP if you select Static IP Address Subnet Mask This field is avavilable when you select Ethernet in the Encapsulation field Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation if you select Static IP Address Gateway IP This field is avavilable when you select Ethernet in the Encapsulation field address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP if you select Static IP Address
49. End Port Enter the listening port number s for RTP traffic if your VoIP service provider gave you this information Otherwise keep the default values To enter one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To enter a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Voice Compression Select the type of voice coder decoder codec that you want the ZyXEL Device to use G 711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth 64 kbps e G711A is typically used in Europe e G711uis typically used in North America and Japan G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps By contrast G 729 only requires 8 kbps The ZyXEL Device must use the same codec as the peer When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on a codec Primary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s first choice for voice coder decoder Secondary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s second choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first choice Third Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s third choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first or second choice DTMF Mode Control how the ZyXEL Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when you push
50. IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority s web page an e mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment You can copy and paste a certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save
51. No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 10 IP Static Route Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 120110001 IP Static Route set 10 Name 120110002 IP Static Route set 10 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120110003 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120110004 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120110005 IP Static Route set 10 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120110006 IP Static Route set 10 Metric 0 120110007 IP Static Route set 10 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 2o Menu 12 1 11 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120111001 IP Static Route set 11 Name Str 120111002 IP Static Route set 11 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120111003 IP Static Route set 11 Destination O SS NO IP address 120111004 IP Static Route set 11 Destination zs IP subnetmask 120111005 IP Static Route set 11 Gateway 20 050 0 120111006 IP Static Route set 11 Metric 0 120111007 IP Static Route set 11 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zu Menu 12 1 12 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120112001 IP Static Route set 12 Name Str 120112002 IP Static Route set 12 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 387 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 172 Menu 12 continued
52. P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 69 Edit Address Mapping Rule Type Local Start IP Local End IP Global End IP H Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Global Start IP Server Mapping Set One to One 0 0 0 0 N A 0 0 0 0 N A Edit Details Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 44 Edit Address Mapping Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end lo
53. Poland E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia Singapore Support E mail support zyxel com sg Sales E mail sales zyxel com sg Telephone 65 6899 6678 Fax 65 6899 8887 Web http www zyxel com sg Regular Mail ZyXEL Singapore Pte Ltd No 2 International Business Park The Strategry 03 28 Singapore 609930 Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 Web www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix H Customer Support Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se Telephone 46 3 1 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web www zyxel se Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Thailand Support E mail support zyxel co th Sales E mail sales zyxel co th Telephone 662 831 5315 Fax 662 831 5395 Web http www zyxel co th Regular Mail ZyXEL Thailand Co Ltd 1 1 Moo 2 Ratchaphruk Road Bangrak Noi Muang Nonthaburi 11000 T
54. Security P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the default action to take on network traffic going in specific directions Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Threshold Use this screen to configure the thresholds for determining when to drop sessions that do not become fully established Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block access to web sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for your device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN tunnels Setting Certificates My Certificates Use this screen to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Trusted CAs Use this screen to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Trusted Remote Use this screen to import self signed certificates Hosts Directory Use this screen to configure a list of addresse
55. Tools 303 Diagnostic p Troubleshooting dn Product cifications 325 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time and date settings 21 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name In Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name In Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 21 1 1 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 21 System Figure 177 System General Setup
56. Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 Command Examples The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device s command interpreter commands Table 178 Command Examples FIN FN PVA INPUT ci command for annex a wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt O glite 1 t1 413 3 12 gdmt 3 multim ode gt ci command for annex B wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt 0 etsi 1 normal 3 2 gdmt 3 multimo de P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright O 2007 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products
57. firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Pleas
58. gt zu 120115003 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120115004 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120115005 IP Static Route set 15 Gateway 2210750 20 2 0 120115006 IP Static Route set 15 Metric 0 120115007 IP Static Route set 15 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 16 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 388 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 172 Menu 12 continued 120116001 IP Static Route set 16 Name Str 120116002 IP Static Route set 16 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120116003 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120116004 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120116005 IP Static Route set 16 Gateway 250 205 0 10 120116006 IP Static Route set 16 Metric 0 120116007 IP Static Route set 16 Private 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 173 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup Menu 15 SUA Server Setup EL E PVA INPUT 50000001 SUA Server IP address for default 0 0 0 0 port 50000002 SUA Server 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000003 SUA Server 2 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000004 SUA Server 2 Port Start 0 150000005
59. uR2nKRoTLkoRWZweFdVJVCxzOmmCsZc5nGiwZ0j1383WyB57A gMBAAEwDQYJKOZI hvcNAQECBQADfgBl3X7hsuyw4jrg7HFGmhkRuNPHoLQDQCYCPgmc4RKzOVr2N6W3 af RINT us I Tm ee TTT W PE SB ee Tine ee Oe eI ATTA TOE T LTTO TTA E Back Export Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 90 Trusted CA Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Issues certificate revocation lists CRLs Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Clear this check box to have the ZyXEL Device not check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity s certificate If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification
60. 0 0 0 IP address 120107004 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120107005 IP Static Route set 7 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120107006 IP Static Route set 7 Metric 0 120107007 IP Static Route set 7 Private 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 8 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120108001 IP Static Route set 8 Name lt Str gt 120108002 IP Static Route set 8 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zs 120108003 IP Static Route set 48 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 172 Menu 12 continued 120108004 IP Static Route set 48 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120108005 IP Static Route set 8 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120108006 IP Static Route set 8 Metric 0 120108007 IP Static Route set 8 Private 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 9 IP Static Route Setup FI FE PVA INPUT 120109001 IP Static Route set 9 Name Str 120109002 IP Static Route set 9 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120109003 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120109004 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120109005 IP Static Route set 9 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120109006 IP Static Route set 9 Metric 0 120109007 IP Static Route set 9 Private lt 0
61. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 97 Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 237 Chapter 16 Static Route P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Quality of Service QoS This chapter contains information about configuring QoS editing classifiers and viewing the ZyXEL Device s QoS packet statistics 17 1 QoS Overview Quality of Service
62. 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 p0 00 00 00 00 00 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 p0 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 p0 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Filter Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for examp
63. 1 12 256 30200015 IP Policies Set 3 1 12 256 30200016 IP Policies Set 4 1 12 256 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 30201001 IP Alias 1 lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30201002 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201003 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201004 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201005 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201006 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 30201007 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201008 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201009 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201010 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 170 Menu 3 30201011 IP Alias 41 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201012 IP Alias 41 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201013 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201014 IP Alias 2 0O No 1 Yes gt 0 30201015 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201016 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201017 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201018 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201019 IP Alias 2 Incoming pro
64. 1 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 21 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 red Key to authenticate w E nak e they are th ma up f both the password you use to Ea The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 11 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 2 Manually Assign a WEP Key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 22 Manually Assign a WEP key STEP 1 gt STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN g nfigure diff rity 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit client mu atch t rit gth set on the ro On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping lt Back Next gt exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Manually A
65. 1 Rule 2 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt D 210102002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210102003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210102004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210102005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210102006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210102007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 174 Men 1 Filter Set 1 continued u 21 210102009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask 0 210102010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210102011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210102014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 1 3 set 1 rule 3 FI F PVA INPUT 210103001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt ec 210103002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt es 210103003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210103004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest
66. 127 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s block keyword The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword The system forwarded web content oo a For type and code details see Table 131 on page 299 Table 128 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack ESP GRE OSPF attack ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP attack code d land TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land ESP GRE OSPF attack land ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack code d P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 297 Chapter 22 Logs Table 128 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN type d code d port icmp echo ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack type d code d syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICM
67. 15 Certificates Table 93 Trusted Remote Host Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the device that created the certificate Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that the ZyXEL Device used to sign the certificate which is rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the ke
68. 2 Rule 4 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210204008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210204010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210204011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210204013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210204014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 5 Filter set 2 rule 5 FI F PVA INPUT 210205001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210205002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt al 210205003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210205004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210205005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210205006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 210205007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210205008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210205009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210205010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port 0 210205011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210205013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Match
69. 205 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents fe Outlook Express Y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W 2 My Recent Documents e My Pictures B Command Prompt EJ Acrobat Reader 4 0 Tour windows XP Windows Movie Maker control Panel ka Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support Search All Programs gt 177 Run 22i Lag Off Ko Turn Off Computer untitled Paint 2 For Windows XP click Network Connections For Windows 2000 NT click Network and Dial up Connections Figure 206 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q Bat d JO Search e Folders faa Address gt Control Panel Vg Control Panel e Add Hardware Qe Switch to Category view See Also A 5 Game A Windows Update Controllers 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 207 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qs oF 27 Fe Search gt Folders E Address Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks E Create a new 4 connection ocal Area Connection nabled ac a Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Set up a home or small Disable office network Status Disable this net
70. 58 Figure 18 Connection Test Successful ciae eto npn Leda dk es stad en RE a dk EN RUD aed 59 Figure 19 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T 221 scseiscic iei e bed onini e terere ea eer annee ee rrv qne robe EAA 59 Figs ZO Vlas LAN 60 Figure 21 Manually Assign a WPA PSK Kay cdesicissesaintssectirecisarttenestevecacennnelo seen RENES 61 Figure 22 Manually Assign WEP KOY siicsecscssscccaterisanr cserstnsnc stirrer semen dde b bet ket d dept pL cde Dc 62 Figure 23 Wireless LAN QOIS cas yeti cd etc hp ce tah pen a Ko cl RERO n E ncaa RR IR REUS 62 Figure 24 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete sess 63 Eifel diii 99 65 3d 201 059 0500 TT 66 Figure 27 Wizard ui our m X 66 Figure 28 Vale Wizard Gar uoicsspe nii er tin doen d ten Mog ee ae do p EF DERE RO ZR ees 67 Figure 25 SIF GUSTER TOST 2utxubussasceburvesitrpe venei conl ept celat eaaet ipt ducatu io e c E x B ame 68 Figure 30 VolP Wizard Fall e 68 Figure J1 bro 51 Mee c 69 ligure od SIUE STOO iiscsitiatessetietitqeiben men eq mi pee PPP Node ie deste a a T3 PE AY P TTO qe nmm 76 Figure 34 WLAN SLANE te soak aati vai hop X et nde ce aia rd aka aid hv ead parce a 77 Figure 35 Packel StalisliCS ccccssrccssesetercasessienecsstseitatassrsemecectsusmnasetis E E A A RECA 78 Figure ae VAP A OE
71. Access Status LAN amp WAN x Secured Client IP Gal C selected 0 0 0 0 Server Host Key authenticate Client Certificates See Trusted CAs auto generated self signed cert See My Certificates 443 flan amp WAN Secured Client IP al selected 0 0 0 0 1 For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP 2 You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 105 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION WWW Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service HTTPS Server Host Key Select the Server Host Key that the ZyXEL Device will use to identify itself The ZyXEL Device is the SSL server and must always authenticate itself to the SSL client the computer which requests the HT
72. Accounting Server optional IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network 8 4 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the General screen The screen appears as shown Figure 54 Wireless LAN Advanced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 Preamble Long j 802 11 Mode Mixed x Back Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 Threshold Fragmentation Itis the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 Threshold and 2432 Preamble Select
73. Address Type Range Address 7 Start IP 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 Address 10 00 10 End IP fiooois ST 3 Tadre 10 0 0 15 Ene Subnet Mask 0 0 0 Delete 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 96 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit z Source Address Address Type Any Address v Start IP nooo E Address ERU Add gt gt End IP tooo Address Sinis Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address Address Type Range Address 7 Any ICMP AIMINEVY ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon IV Tue IV wed IV Thu IV Fri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day Stardo hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel Source Address List Destination Address List Start IP io00310 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 Address 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP fio o 015 dit lt lt Aadress 10 0 0 15 E
74. Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address Content When you select IP in the Local ID Type field type the IP address of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuil
75. Anicon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 175 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit Q View Favorites Tools Help gt JO Search le Folders Eii Address V9 My Network Places Network Tasks gg Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network 3 View workgroup computers Other Places Local Network t 31 Internet Invoke Create Shortcut Rename Properties 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 176 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway General x ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gatewa Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number P 31 Description ZyXEL P 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Close Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide PART IN System 285 Logs 289
76. Call Call Transfer Call Forwarding see Section 10 14 on page 150 Three Way Conference Internal Calls Call Park and Pickup Do not Disturb BES To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider 10 11 1 The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise With manual tapping if the duration is too long it may be interpreted as hanging up by the ZyXEL Device You can invoke all the supplementary services by using the flash key 10 11 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 54 European Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a cur
77. Call Number VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call made from a phone connected to the listed Port phone port has terminated Table 136 FSM Logs Callee Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start from A VoIP phone call came to the ZyXEL Device from the listed SIP SIP SIP Port Number number VoIP Call Established A VoIP phone call was set up from the listed SIP number to the Ph Phone Port ZyXEL Device Outgoing Call Number VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call that came into the ZyXEL Device has Port terminated Table 137 PSTN Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION PSTN Call Start A PSTN call has been initiated PSTN Call End A PSTN call has terminated PSTN Call Established A PSTN call has been set up P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to RFC 2408 for detailed information on each type Table 138 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Tools Thi
78. Capture All Logs Click this button to display information about your ZyXEL Device s DSL connection status DHCP settings firmware version WAN and gateway IP address and LAN IP address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login Internet Access Phone Calls and VoIP 25 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor r One of the LEDs does not behave as expected Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 5 on page 40 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact the vendor cO WN P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 317 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting
79. Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 219 Internet Options Security General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet A This zone contains all Web sites you Sites haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone E Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default Click OK to close the window oar WO ND 352 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 220 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Setti
80. DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Address Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not Clear the check box to disable the rule Select the check box to enable it Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP This is the server s IP address Address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 9 5 1 Po
81. Deny gt 30501003 Address 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501004 Address 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501005 Address 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 Continued 30501034 Address 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Table 171 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup Menu 4 Internet Access Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 40000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000001 ISP lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000002 Active lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000003 ISP s Name ChangeMe 40000004 Encapsulation lt 2 PPPOE 2 3 RFC 1483 4 PPPOA 5 ENET ENCAP gt 40000005 Multiplexing lt 1 LLC based 1 2 VC based P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 171 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000006 VPI d 0 40000007 VCI d 35 40000008 Service Nam lt Str gt any 40000009 My Login lt Str gt test pga 40000010 My Password lt Str gt 1234 40000011 Single User Account lt 0 No A 1 Yes gt 40000012 IP Address Assignment lt 0 Static 1 t Dynamic gt 40000013 IP Address 0 0 0 0 40000014 Remote IP address 0 0 0 0 40000015 Remote IP subnet mask 0 40000016 ISP incoming protocol filter set 1 6 40000017 ISP incoming protocol filter set 2 256 40000018 ISP incoming protocol filter set 3 256 40000019 ISP incoming protoco
82. Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless stations RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless station and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following
83. I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 51 Phone Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Line L Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the PSTN line that do not use models only the Internet on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls Note When the ZyXEL Device does not have power regardless of the settings you configure the phone s connected to the PHONE port s can still be used for making PSTN calls Only one phone can be in use at a time Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this phone port The Advanced Analog Phone Setup screen appears 10 9 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen Use this screen to edit advanced settings for each phone port To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 79 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced Analog Phone 1 Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume 1 Min Listening Volume 1 Min Echo Cancellation M Active G 168 Dialing Interval Selection Dialing Interval Selection 3 Active VAD Back Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 52 Phone gt An
84. IGA3 Em 192 168 1 13 J E 192 168 1 12 N Internet E E E E Inside Local r 192 468 4 44 SEES Addresses ILA Inside Global 192 168 1 10 B Addresses IGA 9 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 63 NAT Application With IP Alias LAN1 192 168 1 X Server in Network Server Admin Network Admin 192 168 1 1 IP 1 IGA 1 Corporation B NT Server 192 168 1 1 D Server in Sales Network E i IP 2 IGA 2 LAN2 192 168 2 X ze Network Server B Sales 192 168 2 1 ms m NT Server 192 168 2 1 Server in R amp D Network LANG 192 168 3 X IP 3 IGA 3 Network Server R amp D 192 168 3 1 NT Server j 192 168 3 1 N 9 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEU Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL rou
85. IP address 0 0 0 0 210103005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210103006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210103007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210103008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210103009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Subnet Mask 0 210103010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210103011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210103013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop 210103014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 1 4 set 41 rule 44 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210104001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Type 2 TCP IP 2 210104002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt imc 210104003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210104004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 174 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 continued 210104005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210104006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 210104007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greate
86. IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server g Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server a Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The
87. IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses Secure Gateway Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router Address with which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the Key Management field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Click the button to use a pre shared key for authentication and type in your pre shared key A pre shared key identifi
88. L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Figure 130 Trusted Remote Host Details Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Details peter cer Certificate Name Certificate Path CN P2802HWL I1 CN Peter DO19CB1COS84D Certificate Path Type Version Serial Number Subject Issuer Signature Algorithm Valid From Valid To Key Algorithm Subject Alternative Name Key Usage Basic Constraint MD5 Fingerprint SHA1 Fingerprint CA signed X 509 Certificate v3 92440126153 CN Peter CN P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D rsa pkcsi shal 1999 Apr 17th 02 07 41 GMT 2002 Apr 17th 02 07 41 GMT rsaEncryption 1024 bits DNS Peter DigitalSignature Path Length Constraint 10 2b e0 52 dc 84 b6 b2 a0 6d 54 c5 2c a2 eb 3f 32 58 6c 65 87 e7 8b fe b0 8c 16 55 39 e6 be 93 96 73 0f 96 da Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIIBoDCCAUqgAwIBAgIFFYXcYskwDOYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBOAwJTEjMCEGA1UEAxMa UDIAMDJIVOwtSTEgICAwMDE5QOIxQzA4NEQwHhcNOTKkwNDE3MDIwNzQxWhcNMDIw NDESMDIwNzQxWjAQOMO4uDAYDVOODEwVOZXRl1cjCBnzANBgkqhkiG9wOBAQEFAAOB jOAwgYkCgYEAg475090j8mORVbmzondqHzz 7RumdqrdqoSoJNZPzzaoK8qfL64JiwSrmdqo Trv ouaeD01eWNj6wDirJCsHEDa8F8 ec cepKiyE2 GCM6nqMrb30uxjPS9wEIAtC2 7rUeahSzSmuxLEAsbzpDbwHByNqBQAZ3jjDBXLXo7SKoVLZFIqABpOSGCAwEA AaMy MDAwCwYDVROPBAQDAgKEMBAGA1UdEQQJMAeCBVBldGVyMASGA1UdEwOIMAYBAQAC AQowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQADQQBXhlCKTMK WTEmEKSA3TXx3yOFJBCGfYxyYwny n TslSpXVWdvJHKBqgkCtSw2e7aKqE84581
89. Lena na eek t n PR ER EL paaa haaa 56 Table 3 Interet Connection with Ethernet 1 2 pe peret toI SERE n n En E E I RA ERMEEQT AA SEEN MEI Xu 2H E ED DERE 57 Table 9 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T 15 ccssderyaasatsseiscadagessansoysieausronrestncnapssssnennensedesantaacacessvvaaaseasessaasess 59 Tabe 10 Wireless LAN E ieRvpz pa semen 60 Table 11 Manually Assignia WPA PSK KOy iicsciaieiieisea eer ttnsi terret bct dto etd tt e kt toc perdu 61 Table 12 Manually Asson a WEF KOy 2p ap rti bis eta Ra DURS P OR td FR F R IS 62 Table 15 Sample SIP Account InforrmallolY ee dis epEV i FE DU exa SE Ee EP E 66 Table 14 Voll Wizard COnD IQUIBDEI scscccccsvsansececvstcquieccsiniasescasst aborto eet tree p cc etd aeuo EE EESE 67 Tue T SPN OOE NL mr 74 oo TS X MP TD E E E E E E E E ET ERU DUM E OE E A A T 76 THE T7 LAND US aa aa oa ead eet dere scart 77 Tue TO Fe OU UN NES sirinin aiaa oid a aa a a a a T Sdade 78 E cae e ae E E T E E EET E EN 79 y SAUDI 3203 9 4 senioaren aN e aA 85 Table 21 Advanced Internet Access Sglup 2124 psi Ex PERI ER rERI Y Tet kn ian a a EERE 86 Table 22 WAN Interfane DEDE aiuscestisenirixsxie Peur ext oid PUE EEY cDbx aiaiai Eva RAT a UIN ERE bl OP E EUN a 87 THEE 2 T LOPUBS ours seoanderzdetetote pe en eceeeer ee Retmeren Aimee ac mer Cen refuser ak Maser ane enon a sceore 94 Table 24 Advanced LAN SOUP uiii elec vitta fee RP eee DR E VR on aoa 95 ND B Hom s P
90. P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide PART I Wizard Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 53 VoIP Wizard And Example 65 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP BS See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon in the top right corner of the web configurator to go to the wizards P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 53 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 11 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need access to more advanced features not included in Wizard mode 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connecti
91. Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Add Remove Programs Properties 2 x Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components M al Address Book Communications 5 5 MB O RY Desktop Themes 0 0 MB M i Games 10 1 MB L Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 855 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 273 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 164 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications E To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components i NetMeeting 3 Phone Dialer 0 2 MB CJ Universal Plug and Play 0 4
92. SIP Account This field displays the SIP account you see in this screen SIP Server Settings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 49 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the ZyXEL Device sends the SIP number SIP include the SIP service domain name TEL do not include the SIP service domain name Expiration Enter the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the SIP register Duration server before it is deleted The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to re register your SIP account when one half of this time has passed The SIP register server might have a different expiration Register Re send timer Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits before it tries again to register the SIP account if the first try failed or if there is no response Session Expires Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session Min SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on an expiration time for idle sessions This field is the shortest expiration time that the ZyXEL Device accepts RTP Port Range Start Port
93. Section 17 1 4 on page 241 for more information 0 is the lowest priority level and 7 is the highest 244 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Table 102 QoS Class Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Tag Configuration DSCP Value Select Same to keep the DSCP fields in the packets Select Auto to map the DSCP value to 802 1 priority level automatically Select Mark to set the DSCP field with the value you configure in the field provided 802 1Q Tag Select Same to keep the priority setting and VLAN ID of the frames Select Auto to map the 802 1 priority level to the DSCP value automatically Select Remove to delete the priority queue tag and VLAN ID of the frames Select Mark to replace the 802 1 priority field and VLAN ID with the value you set in the fields below Select Add to treat all matched traffic untagged and add a second priority queue tag and VLAN Ethernet Priority Select a priority level between 0 and 7 from the drop down list box VLAN ID Specify a VLAN ID number between 2 and 4094 Filter Configuration Use the following fields to configure the criteria for traffic classification Source Address Select the check box and enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation and the source subnet mask A blank source IP address means any source IP address Refer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetti
94. System Name field Model This is the model name of your device Number MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS This field displays the version of the current firmware and model code It also PITE shows the date the firmware version was created Click the hyperlink to go to a ersion screen where you can change it WAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Click the hyperlink to go to a screen where you can upload new firmware IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask Default This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable Gateway LAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device LAN port Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask of the LAN port Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to Ethernet devices in the LAN Relay The ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN Click the hyperlink to go to a screen where you can cha
95. Table 29 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Device does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks while a Threshold larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy 8 4 General WLAN Screen BS If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you
96. User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated timeout expired User logout because of session The router logged out a user whose session expired deassociation User logout because of user The router logged out a user who ended the session P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 129 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user redquest A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication method A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server
97. User s Guide 377 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one sign and one space Some parameters are dependent on others For example if you disable the Configured field in menu 1 see Figure 230 on page 377 then you disable every field in this menu If you enter a parameter that is invalid in the Input column the ZyXEL Device will not save the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number Figure 231 on page 378 shown next is an example of what the ZyXEL Device displays if you enter a value other than 0 or 1 in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000 refer to Figure 230 on page 377 Figure 231 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example field value is not legal error 1 ROM t is not saved error Line ID 10000000 reboot to get the original configuration Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter s that are valid Figure 232 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example Please wait for the system to write SPT text file ROM t Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command
98. When your account is registered your PHONE 1 light will come on and you are ready to make and receive VoIP phone calls Figure 29 SIP Registration Test SIP Registration Test in Process Please wait a moment about 1 Seconds 5 This screen displays if SIP account registration fails If your DSL cable was disconnected you can try connecting it Then wait a few seconds and click Register Again If your Internet connection was already working you can click Back and try re entering your SIP account settings Figure 30 VoIP Wizard Fail f VoIP Configuration SIP Registration Failed Please make sure the DSL cable is connected You can Register Again button to do SIP Registration again or press Exit button to exit this rd _ lt Back Register Again Exit 6 This screen displays if your SIP account registration was successful Click Return to Wizard Main Page if you want to use another configuration wizard Click Go to Advanced Setup page or Finish to close the wizard and go to the main web configurator screens P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example Figure 31 VoIP Wizard Finish CONGRATULATIONS You have completed the VoIP setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page 7 To call other VoIP users you need to follow a similar process to ensure that the
99. Wireless Features Table 149 Wireless Features External Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with an attached antenna to provide a clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i security standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Other Wireless Features IEEE 802 11g Compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz ISM Band Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps 11Mbps 5 5Mbps 2Mbps and 1 Mbps Auto Fallback Turn on off WLAN by reset button press 1s on reset button to turn on or turn off the WLAN 3s for OTIST 10s to reset back to factory default WPA2 IEEE 802 11i IEEE 802 11e Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC Address filters IEEE 802 1x Store up to 32 built in user profiles using EAP MD5 Local User Data
100. ZyXEL Device also automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if both IPSec routers have keep alive enabled even if there is no traffic If an IPSec SA times out then the IPSec router must renegotiate the SA the next time someone attempts to send traffic e 14 12 1 Negotiation Mode The phase 1 Negotiation Mode you select determines how the Security Association SA will be established for each connection through IKE negotiations Main Mode ensures the highest level of security when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 It uses 6 messages in three round trips SA negotiation Diffie Hellman exchange and an exchange of nonces a nonce is a random number This mode features identity protection your identity is not revealed in the negotiation Aggressive Mode is quicker than Main Mode because it eliminates several steps when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 However the trade off is that faster speed limits its negotiating power and it also does not provide identity protection It is useful in remote access situations where the address of the initiator is not know by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared key authentication 14 12 2 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups Diffie Hellman DH is a public key cryptography protocol that allows two parties to establish a shared secret over an unsecured communications channel Diffie Hellman is used within IKE SA setup to e
101. ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode 23 7 5 TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom 66 where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom 23 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 143 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and
102. at 0 5 km 1640 ft over short cable lengths The P 2802HW L is the ideal secure wireless firewall router for all data passing between the Internet and LAN You can configure firewall and or content filtering for secure Internet access You can also use QoS to efficiently manage traffic on your network At the time of writing this guide covers the following models Table 2 Models Covered P 2802HWL I1 P 2802HW I1 P 2802H I1 P 2802HWL I3 P 2802HW I3 P 2802H I3 Not all models include all features Please refer to the following description of the product name format H denotes an integrated 4 port hub switch The H models also include Virtual Private Network VPN capability P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 35 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device e W denotes wireless functionality There is an embedded mini PCI module for IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN connectivity All wireless features documented in this user s guide refer to the W models only L denotes the PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network line feature The PSTN line lets you have VoIP phone service and PSTN phone service at the same time All PSTN line features documented in this user s guide refer to the L models only When the ZyXEL Device does not have power the phone s connected to the PHONE port s can still be used for making PSTN calls Only one phone can be in use at a ti
103. at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of prov
104. authority in the list along with the end entity s own certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust the end entity s certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displa
105. booting software reboot 4 authenticationFailure defined in A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any RFC 1215 SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the System reboots because of fatal errors 19 8 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 159 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP G all Selected 0 0 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Comrnunity public Set Community public TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 267 Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 109 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use th
106. by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway A on the LAN to the WAN 3 The reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Figure 86 Triangle Route Problem WAN SERE ISP 1 N Internet a ru gt qo Ww 11 4 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem If you have the ZyXEL Device allow triangle route sessions traffic from the WAN can go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the ZyXEL Device and its firewall protection Another solution is to use IP alias IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network It s like having multiple LAN networks that actually use the same physical cables and ports By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 Acomputer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway A
107. can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping DSCP 6 bits Unused 2 bits The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different kinds of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS 17 1 4 Automatical Priority Queue Assignment If you enable QoS on the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device can automatically base on the IEEE 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length to assign priority to traffic which does not match a class The following table shows you the internal layer 2 and layer 3 QoS mapping on the ZyXEL Device On the ZyXEL Device traffic assigned to higher priority queues gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues 1s dropped if the network is congested Table 99 Internal Layer2 and Layer3 QoS Mapping LAYER 2 LAYER 3 PRIORITY IEEE 802 1P USER QUEUE PRIORITY TOS IP Su IP PACKET ETHERNET PRECEDENCE LENGTH BYTE PRIORITY 0 1 0 000000 1 2 2 0 0 000000
108. certificate this is REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification authority which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host certificates CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 84 My Certificates continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Valid To This field displays the date th
109. components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components E 2 Management and Monitoring Tools M Networking Services 0 3 MB O Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 9 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 167 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s incladed in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services O SB RIP Listener 0 0 MB C MB Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB g Universal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 275 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 20 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example 276 This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP in
110. computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Figure 33 Any IP Table AnyIP Table EEUU Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 16 Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 16 Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen 5 3 WLAN Status W models only Click Status WLAN Status to access this screen Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device Figure 34 WLAN Status Wireless LAN Association List Dr TIAC Address l Association Time 1 00 ac c5 01 23 45 1 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station Assoc
111. configure the remote management settings to allow a WAN computer to manage the ZyXEL Device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the source IP address destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 3 Security Considerations BS Incorrectly configuring the firewall may block valid access or introduce security risks to the ZyXEL Device and your protected network Use caution when creating or deleting firewall rules and test your rules after you configure them Consider these security ramifications before creating a rule 1 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 2 Isit possibl
112. described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix G Legal Information If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct
113. e cm 128 Pie FP al Soe AGON oi 131 FRING eI aE Me TT 131 Figure 73 SIP Redirect Server et ia 132 Figure 74 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field esseeeeeseeseen nennen nnne nnn nnne nnn anna 135 alcro a 0 e mm 136 Figure 76 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt AQVAIIGGd 2c sisescecenesceeu ritu st eastud aput ab niini iaa 138 aci FF SUI EI Er 141 Figure 79 Phone Analog WA SUO T TL o 1 LIEST 142 Figure 79 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced oci ere te rica dod Len a ii au Le d 143 Figure S0 Phone CONO cardi wpa ar vat ic pa ak a cba Lag ea lods Band Hd a 144 Figure 87 VoIP gt Phone gt REGION e 148 22 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure o2 Phone Book gt speed EN 11 crc hricipaik add eti a Note qa aa RR d 3S RR ag E Rt 149 Figure 83 Phone Book gt incoming Call BOY 4 usccusace usua ERR ERR Er ER EE RR Ee EERE ERR eR RE tu RE RE in iinan 150 Figure 84 PSTN Line gt General 152 Figure 95 eal Froval SOUP onni 158 Figur 20 Trance Route Problemi DM 159 Eg TM T 160 Figure 39 Firewall Gener l We H 160 Pe Bo FO NAPOS Wee mM 162 Foue BO Frowa CMe Pe ciapa a 164 Figure 91 Firewall Customized Services sesenta etta ana enna Rau nena ARA aawa 166 Figure 92 Firewall Configure Customized Services eeesss
114. firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 271 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 20 2 UPnP and ZyXEL 20 2 1 Configuring UPnP 272 When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnPTM Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 20 1 on page 271 for more information Figure 162 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup q Note UPnP Cancel Device Name ZyXEL P2802HWL I1 Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 112 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Ac
115. for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the individual clients computers to obtain the TCP IP configuration at start up from a centralized DHCP server Your device has built in DHCP server capability enabled by default It can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to DHCP clients Your device can also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface Your device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the your device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Packet Filters Your device s packet filtering function allows added network security and management VDSL2 Standards ITU T G 993 1 VDSL ITU T G 993 2 VDSL2 P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 327 Chapter 26 Product Specifications Table 147 Firmware Specifications continued Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB II support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpr
116. from the drop down list box 8 4 2 WEP Encryption Screen In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Figure 51 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Scan Security Security Mode Static WEP w Passphrase Generate WEP Key q Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 13 or 29 characters or Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A F s Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 32 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and click Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP key is used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually s
117. has to rebuild the VPN tunnel if My IP Address changes after setup The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel fthe WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 6 on page 83 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect 14 4 Secure Gateway Address Secure Gateway Address is the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router secure gateway P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens If the remote secure gateway has a static WAN IP address enter it in the Secure Gateway Address field You may alternatively enter the remote secure gateway s domain name if it has one in the Secure Gateway Address field You can also enter a remote secure gateway s domain name in the Secure Gateway Address field if the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and is using DDNS The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel each time the remote secure gateway s WAN IP address changes there may be a delay until the DDNS servers are updated with the remote gateway s new WAN IP address 14 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address If the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and does not use DDNS enter 0 0 0 0 as the secure gateway s
118. have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 210 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 211 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu E File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer D Apple System Profiler E Calculator gt Chooser Control Panels Favo
119. host s certificate to the ZyXEL Device BS The trusted remote host certificate must be a self signed certificate and you must remove any spaces from its filename before you can import it Figure 129 Trusted Remote Host Import Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats File Path Browse Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded xX 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 92 Trusted Remote Host Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 15 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted Remote Host Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the trusted remote host s certificate and or change the certificate s name P 2802H W
120. is a client server protocol In the following figure either A or B can act as a SIP user agent client to initiate a call A and B can also both act as a SIP user agent to receive the call P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Figure 71 SIP User Agent Conan iN CAL N VE NA e B A 10 2 3 2 SIP Proxy Server A SIP proxy server receives requests from clients and forwards them to another server In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 The client device A in the figure sends a call invitation to the SIP proxy server B 2 The SIP proxy server forwards the call invitation to C Figure 72 SIP Proxy Server 10 2 3 3 SIP Redirect Server A SIP redirect server accepts SIP requests translates the destination address to an IP address and sends the translated IP address back to the device that sent the request Then the client device that originally sent the request can send requests to the IP address that it received back from the redirect server Redirect servers do not initiate SIP requests In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 Client device A sends a call invitation for C to the SIP redirect server B 2 The SIP redirect server sends the invitation back to A with C s IP address or domain name 3 Client device A then sends the call invit
121. is secure HTTP and Telnet access are not secure Figure 146 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN Telnet BS When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via Internet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 255 Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration BS When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 19 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management does not work when You have not enabled that service on the interface in the corresponding remote management screen You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the s
122. mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Log Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to Sending Log send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog IP Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected Address categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the dro
123. on connection after you initiate it Both IPSec routers must have a ZyXEL Device compatible keep alive feature enabled in order for this feature to work If the ZyXEL Device has its maximum number of simultaneous IPSec tunnels connected to it and they all have keep alive enabled then no other tunnels can take a turn connecting to the ZyXEL Device because the ZyXEL Device never drops the tunnels that are already connected When there is outbound traffic with no inbound traffic the ZyXEL Device automatically drops the tunnel after two minutes 14 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both transport and tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet but a NAT device between the IPSec endpoints rewrites the source or destination address As a result the VPN device at the receiving end finds a mismatch between the hash value and the data and assumes that the data has been maliciously altered P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens NAT is not normally compatible with ESP in transport mode either but the ZyXEL Device s NAT Traversal feature provides a way to handle this NAT traversal allows you to set up an IKE SA when there are NAT routers between the two IPSec routers Figure 108 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers Yemen wmm C Normally you ca
124. open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary occ WN Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 23 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example This figure gives an example of using FTP commands from the DOS command prompt to save your device s configuration onto your computer Figure 193 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom 0 zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit 23 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 142 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a
125. owner by IP address domain name or e mail address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation domain name or e mail address in the field provided The domain name or e mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string Organizational Unit Type up to 127 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Organization Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 86 My Certificate Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Country Type up to 127 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Key Length Select a number from the drop down list box to determine how many bits the key should use 512 to 2048 The longer the key the more secure it is A longer key also uses more PKI storage space Enrollment Options These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated Create a self signed certificate Select Create a se
126. press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the Wireless LAN General screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Figure 49 Wireless LAN gt General Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Scan Security Security Mode No Security Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 30 Wireless LAN gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Wireless Click the check box to activate wireless LAN LAN Network Name Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless SSID station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain
127. put them on hold The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 10 2 9 on page 133 for more information On Hold Tone Select the tone you want people to hear when you put them on hold You should setup these tones using IVR first See Section 10 2 9 on page 133 for more information Back Click this to return to the SIP Settings screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 6 SIP QoS Screen Use this screen to maintain ToS and VLAN settings for the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt QoS Figure 77 SIP gt QoS TOS SIP TOS Priority Setting 166 0 255 RTP TOS Priority Setting 160 0 255 VLAN Tagging Voice VLAN ID 0 04095 Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 50 SIP QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP TOS Priority Enter the priority for SIP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to voice traffic that it transmits RTP TOS Priority Enter the priority for RTP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to RTP traffic that it transmits Voice VLAN ID Select this if th
128. s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 94 Directory Servers LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen where you can change the information about the directory server Click the Remove icon to remove the directory server entry A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the directory server Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Add Click Add to open a screen where you can configure information about a directory server so that the ZyXEL Device can access it 15 16 Directory Server Add and Edit Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen Click Add or the details icon to open the Directory Server Add screen Use this screen to configure information about a directory server that the ZyXEL Device can access Figure 132 Directory Server Add and Edit Certificates Directory Servers Add Directory Service Setting Name E Access protocol ipae Server address Host Name or IP Address Server port 389 Login Setting Login N Password Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 95 Directory Server Add and Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Directory Service Setting Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not permitted to identify thi
129. shows a basic example of how you would make a VoIP call through an ITSP You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP Your device then sends your call to the Internet and the ITSP s SIP server C The VoIP call server forwards calls to PSTN phones E through a trunking gateway D to the PSTN network The VoIP call server forwards calls to IP phones F through the Internet P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure3 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application E q a WSs B A 1 4 4 Making Peer to peer Calls You can call directly to someone s IP address without using a SIP proxy server Peer to peer calls are also called Point to Point or IP to IP calls You must know the peer s IP address in order to do this The following figure shows a basic example of how you would make a peer to peer VoIP call You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP and sends the call through the Internet to the peer VoIP device C Figure 4 Peer to peer Calling Internet J zZ SA P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 5 LEDs Figure 5 LEDs POWER ETHERNET ETERNET ETHERNET c emma oon c INTERNET The following table describes your device s LEDs
130. simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys 15 2 Self signed Certificates You can have the ZyXEL Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates 15 3 Configuration Summary This section summarizes how to manage certificates on the ZyXEL Device Figure 118 Certificate Configuration Overview My Certificates Use the My Certificates screens to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Use the Trusted CAs screens to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Use the Trusted Remote Hosts screens to import self signed certificates Use the Directory Servers screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates 15 4 My Certificates Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen This is the ZyXEL Device s summary list of certificates and certification requests Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray 212 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Figure 119 My Certificates My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 4 0 100 Factory Default Certificate Name auto_generated_self_signed_cert The factory default certificate is common to all P 2000 models Click Replace to
131. stronger encryption The other types of encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEL s OTIST you set up the SSID and the encryption WEP or WPA PSK on the ZyXEL Device Then the ZyXEL Device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every device in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL Device when you activate it See Section 8 5 on page 111 for more details 8 3 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator
132. the firewall itself 11 1 1 Stateful Inspection Firewall Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 11 1 2 About the ZyXEL Device Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN Enable the firewall to protect your LAN computers from attacks by hackers on the Internet and control access between the LAN and WAN By default the firewall P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 155 Chapter 11 Fi
133. the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 8 on page 142 Figure 199 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 SIP2 322 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 25 5 2 Incoming Calls The following example shows the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device for incoming calls when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When a call comes in from your SIP account 1 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring Similarly when a call comes in from your SIP account 2 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring In either case you are not sure which SIP account the call is coming from Figure 200 Incoming Calls Default gl PHONE 2 SIP 2 In the next example phone port 1 is configured to use SIP account 1 and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 for incoming calls In this case every time you receive a call from your SIP account 1 the phone connected to phone port 1 rings Similarly every time you receive a call from your SIP account 2 the phone connected to phone port 2 rings To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 8 on page 142 Figure 201 Incoming Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 Ss PHONE 2 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 323 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Product Sp
134. the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this interface RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this interface Collisions This is the number of collisions on this interfaces Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 5 5 VoIP Statistics Click Status gt VoIP Statistics to access this screen Figure 36 VolP Statistics SIP Status r Last Last Registration RS pnis us Dutgoing Number Number SIP1 Register Fail N A changeme 127 0 0 1 UDP N A N I i SIP2 Register Fail N A changeme 127 0 0 1 UDP N A N Call Statistics Phone Hook status Codec Peer Number Duration raris nite rte Rk B75 Phonei On N A N A N A 0 00 00 Phone2 On N A N A N A 0 00 00 z Poll Interval s b sec Each field is described in the following table Table 19 VolP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 19 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION
135. the ZyXEL Device to check a certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Figure 125 Trusted CA Details Certificates Trusted CAs Details Certificate Name verisign cer Property Vv Issues certificate revocation lists CRL Certificate Path ad Certificate Informations Type Self signed X 509 Certificate Version v1 Serial Number 3558802160848854062232407011527417280 Subj OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc ject C US Issu r OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc Cc us Signature Algorithm rsa pkcs1 md2 Valid From 1994 Nov 9th 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2010 Jan 7th 23 59 59 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 1000 bits MD5 Fingerprint 74 7b 82 03 43 f0 00 9e 6b b3 ec 47 bf 85 a5 93 SHA1 Fingerprint 44 63 c5 31 d7 cc c1 00 67 94 61 2b b6 56 d3 bf 82 57 84 6f Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format ALUEBhHNCVV Mx IDAeBgNVBAOTF1JTOSBEYXRhIFN1 1Y3VyaXR5LCBJbmMuMS4wLAYD VOOLEyVTZWNicmUgU2VydmnVyIENlcnRpZmljYXRpb24gQXV0aG9yaXRSMB4XDTKkO MTEwOTAwMDAwHFoXDTEwMDEwNzIzNTkiOVowXzELMAKGA1UEBhMCVVMxIDAeBgNV BAoTF1JTQSBEYXRhIFNl1Y3VyaXRSLCBJbmMulMS4wLAYDVQOLEyVTZWNicmUGU2Vy dnVyIENlenRpZmljYXRpb24gQXVOaG9yaXRSMIGbMAOGCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAAAGJ ADCBhQJ4AJLOesGugzSaqomDV6wlAXYMra6OLDfO6zVAZFQDSYRAUcm jwjiioII OhaGNiXpsSECrXZogZoFokvJSyVmIlZsi ePO4FZbYOHZXATcXY m3dM41CJVphI
136. the phone number P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Use this screen to add edit or remove speed dial numbers for outgoing calls To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial In peer to peer calls you call another VoIP device directly without going through a VoIP service provider s SIP server Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL in the Type column and enter the callee s IP address or domain name The ZyXEL Device sends SIP INVITE requests to the peer VoIP device when you use the speed dial entry Figure 82 Phone Book gt Speed Dial Speed Dial EA Use Proxy 01 z C Non Proxy Use IP or URL Add Speed Dial Phone Book Oo Number O Name Destination Modify 01 g Ug 02 g wt 03 BP i 04 BP OW 05 BP Ug 06 g i 07 g Wi 08 BP Ww 09 g 10 g uw Clear Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 57 Phone Book Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Use this section to create or edit speed dial entries Select the speed dial number you want to use for this phone number Number Enter the SIP number you want the ZyXEL Device to call when you dial the speed dial number Name Enter a name to identify the party you call when you dial the speed dial number You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters Type Select Use Proxy if you want to use one of your SIP accounts to call this p
137. the traffic is going 10 3 2 1 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping 4 The ZyXEL Device does not support DiffServ at the time of writing P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Figure 74 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies 10 3 3 VLAN Tagging Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Only stations within the same group can communicate with each other Your ZyXEL Device can add IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID tags to voice frames that it sends to the network This allows the ZyXEL Device to communicate with a SIP server that is a member of the same VLA
138. to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database Table 130 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L ZyXEL Device LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device W to W ZyXEL WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN Device ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device Table 131 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 131 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirec
139. to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device unseen If this option is not selected the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP port unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall rule checks before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if a firewall rule stops a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the firewall rule to either send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 20 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Univer
140. traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minutes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires See Section 14 6 on page 1890n keep alive to have the ZyXEL Device renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic Figure 114 VPN SA Monitor Monitor 1 O ow O n amp WY N O RI O RA O R O RIO RI O RI O RIO KRA ORO RR mm m om M om M om M m o o w Om 2 0 N OC N e mm Pt No Name Encapsulation 1P Sec Algorithm Disconnect Refresh The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 80 VPN SA Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens 14 17 Configuring Global Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s global settings click VPN gt VPN Global Setting The screen appears as shown Fi
141. you click Apply See Section 2 2 on page 46 for more information Click Exit if you want to log out BS For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes default If this happens log in again Figure 9 Wizard or Advanced Screen E ON Please select Wizard or Advanced mode P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 2 Web Configurator Main Screen Figure 10 Main Screen gt Status Refresh Interval None Device Information System Status Host Name System Uptime 0 20 28 Model Number P2802HWL I1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 23 32 MAC Address 00 19 cb 1c 08 4d System Mode Routing Bridging eros tinier V3 70 AUA D b3 05 14 2007 WAN Interface VDSL Ethernet CPU Usage HE 0 00 i iiaa Memory Usage ae oo IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 i Default Gateway N A B RAN Information E nterface Status SS IP Address 192 168 1 1 DSL DHCP Server Down N A Security Firewall Enabled LAN Up 100M Full Duplex Content Filter Disable 54M Summary Client List AnyIP Table WLAN Status VPN Status Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts A title bar B navigation panel e C main window D status bar 2
142. you sure you want to reset the device back to the factory defaults This will erase all of your custom x configuration 1 Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools Figure 191 Reset In Process Message Reset to Factory Default Settings Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to Section 1 6 on page 41 for more information on the RESET button 23 6 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 192 Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart 23 7 Using FTP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration This section covers how to use FTP or TFTP to save your device s configuration file to your computer 23 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter
143. your ZyXEL Device s WAN settings Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup The screen differs by the encapsulation you select See Section 6 1 on page 83 for more information Figure 37 Internet Access Setup PPPoE Internet Access Setup General Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPoE z User Name ftest Password f Service Name IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically C static IP Address IP Address 1 0 DNS server First DNS Server UserDefined 172 23 53 Second DNS Server Obtained From ISP 0 0 0 0 Third DNS Server None 7 0 0 0 0 Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout o sec Cancel Advanced Setup P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP give you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet account Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from ISP s DHCP server directly If you select Bridge you cannot use Firewall QoS DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Note If you set the first Ethernet port as a WAN interface the ZyXEL Device is always in routing mode and this field will not be configurable
144. your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files for example P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Use content filtering to block access to web sites containing keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled and include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering For example you could block access to certain web sites for the kids Use QoS to efficiently manage traffic on your network by giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers For example you could make sure that voice over Internet calls get enough bandwidth in your network and or limit bandwidth devoted to the boss s excessive file downloading 1 4 2 Wireless LAN Application Add a wireless LAN to your existing network without expensive network cables Wireless clients can move freely anywhere in the coverage area and use resources on the wired network Figure 2 WLAN Application Example WLAN wan z E 3 m i qu a 1 4 3 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider In a home or small office environment you can use your device to make and receive VoIP telephone calls through an Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP The following figure
145. 0006 Input device filters Set 2 256 30100007 Input device filters Set 3 256 30100008 Input device filters Set 4 256 30100009 Output protocol filters Set 1 256 30100010 Output protocol filters Set 2 256 30100011 Output protocol filters Set 3 256 30100012 Output protocol filters Set 4 256 30100013 Output device filters Set 1 256 30100014 Output device filters Set 2 256 30100015 Output device filters Set 3 256 30100016 Output device filters Set 4 256 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30200001 DHCP lt 0 None 0 1 Server 2 Relay gt P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 170 Menu 3 30200002 Client IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 30200003 Size of Client IP Pool 32 30200004 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200005 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200006 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 30200008 IP Address 172 21 2 200 30200009 IP Subnet Mask 16 30200010 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30200011 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30200012 Multicast O IGMP v2 2 1 IGMP v1 2 None gt 30200013 IP Policies Set 1 1 12 256 30200014 IP Policies Set 2
146. 001 Wireless Port Control lt 0 Authentication 2 Required 1 No Access Allowed 2 No Authentication Required gt 230400002 ReAuthentication Timer in second 555 230400003 Idle Timeout in second 999 230400004 Authentication Databases lt 0 Local User 1 Database Only 1 RADIUS Only 2 Local RADIUS 3 RADIUS Local gt 230400005 Key Management Protocol 0 8021x 1 WPA 0 2 WPAPSK gt 230400006 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange lt 0 Disable 1 64 0 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 230400007 PSK 230400008 WPA Mixed Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable 230400009 Data Privacy for Broadcast lt 0 TKIP 1 WEP gt 0 Multicast packets 230400010 WPA Broadcast Multicast Key Update 0 P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 177 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control Menu 24 11 Remot anagement Control FIN E PVA INPUT 241100001 TELNET Server Port 23 241100002 TELNET Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100003 TELNET Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100004 FTP Server Port 21 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3
147. 14 12 2 Diffie Hellman DH Key GFOUDS iis scccsccccs trece otrr sosscenid sosteenss duree shbb cosasecal samerrenns 199 14 12 3 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFO iussicansesn can duced E d suse Rai Kad eda Ft r aa 200 14 13 Configuring Advanced IKE SMS dasceseciicetti sei Caper bo ere qe REIP PI er ERE pRer opt repe UP D EDd PEE ERIS 200 1414 Snel Key ee mem 202 14 14 71 Security Parameter Index SPI eda iret tetra d nn ri Rak td 202 1419 Configuring Manual KEY 203 TE 15 Viewing SA MONIO r 205 TASH Conigunng Siobal SENG ocnriiensrk a a aN 207 14 18 Telecommuter VPN IP See Examples 22 ie cei cde ep epe tI LIN REA ERR Fa tia abo dekide asanda eea 207 14 18 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example seeeeeee 207 14 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example sssssssssssss 208 14 19 VPN and Remote MOITIde l WBlE issseccesiivoseceee rye et XH RIMIS XUI 1a Ey td EE A td 210 Chapter 15 BRUNE SS oso E rae Drr Y EUH E E T ERU REI E RAIL MARO R TEIL M IEEE aUME 211 toT uncias c p m tac aneetricnd ec nas cece ee 211 13 1 1 Advantages of CertiliCateS Me 212 19 2 SSUES IN rU eceania T E AE EE ASEENA E 212 tee eE E E E E E E E A at oper EEE A A E S 212 IEEE CONEA E wield och cess acenti nose enh avgid iiartpated sarah antiv austin pid dtoulpdadauunhontiuaantivanaumatnoudteet tases 212 100 My Corine IMPON sisi a Pp dadas ed dodi ela pudddi Fa dude 214 13 5 1 Cerif
148. 150 Opening data connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent in 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section 23 3 on page 304 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 23 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads D gt This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client The following sections give examples of how to upload the firmware and the configuration files P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools 23 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary O00 0N Use put to transfer files from the computer to the device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the device and renames
149. 2 123 124 IP address assignment 83 IP alias 327 IP multicasting 328 IP pool 97 IP pool setup 90 IP to IP Calls 39 IPSec 179 IPSec algorithms 181 185 IPSec and NAT 182 IPSec architecture 180 IPSec passthrough 328 IPSec standard 327 IPSec VPN capability 327 ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network 36 ITSP 38 ITU T 142 J jitter buffer 330 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index K keep alive 189 keys and certificates 211 L LAN setup 83 89 LAN TCP IP 90 LEDs 40 listening port 140 log out 45 log out automatic 45 logs 289 MAC address filter action 115 MAC filter 114 Management Information Base MIB 266 managing the device good habits 37 using FTP See FTP using Telnet See command interface using the command interface See command interface maximum incomplete high 173 maximum incomplete low 173 Message Integrity Check MIC 371 multicast 92 multimedia 129 multiple SIP accounts 330 multiple voice channels 330 music on hold 329 my IP address 186 N nailed up connection 84 NAT 91 122 123 327 362 address mapping rule 126 application 118 definitions 117 how it works 118 mapping types 119 what it does 118 NAT Network Address Translation 117 NAT mode 121 NAT sessions 328 NAT traversal 190 271 negotiation mode 199 Network Address Translation see NAT O OFDM 331 OK response 130 one minute high 173 one minute low 173 operation humidity 32
150. 2 1 Title Bar The title bar allows you to change the language and provides some icons in the upper right corner The icons provide the following functions Table 4 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Help Click this icon to open up help screens Wizards Click this icon to go to the configuration wizards See Chapter 3 on page 53 for more information g Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 2 2 Navigation Panel Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure ZyXEL Device features The following tables describe each menu item Table 5 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Status This screen contains administrative and system related information Network WAN Internet Access Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP address assignment Setup DNS servers and other advanced properties WAN Interface Use this screen to configure WAN interface settings Setup LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC addresses an
151. 2 2 SIP Call Progression The following figure displays the basic steps in the setup and tear down of a SIP call A calls B Table 46 SIP Call Progression A B 1 INVITE JBs E 2 Ringing E 3 OK 4 ACK 5 Dialogue voice traffic 6 BYE lise lt lt 7 OK A sends a SIP INVITE request to B This message is an invitation for B to participate in a SIP telephone call 6 B sends a response indicating that the telephone is ringing 7 B sends an OK response after the call is answered 8 Athen sends an ACK message to acknowledge that B has answered the call 9 Now A and B exchange voice media talk 10 After talking A hangs up and sends a BYE request 11 B replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated 10 2 3 SIP Servers SIP is a client server protocol A SIP client is an application program or device that sends SIP requests A SIP server responds to the SIP requests When you use SIP to make a VoIP call it originates at a client and terminates at a server A SIP client could be a computer or a SIP phone One device can act as both a SIP client and a SIP server 10 2 3 1 SIP User Agent A SIP user agent can make and receive VoIP telephone calls This means that SIP can be used for peer to peer communications even though it
152. 20 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 9 3 NAT General Setup BS You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 64 NAT General NAT Setup M Active Network Address Translation NAT amp sua Only C Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 2048 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they Firewall need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a Session Per single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being User used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be
153. 2602HWL CN P2802HWL 2000 Jan ist 2030 Jan ist 1 auto generated self signed cert SELF Ii 00 00 00 00 00 00 g Ww GMT Create Import Refresh Click Ignore in the Replace Certificate screen to use the common ZyXEL Device certificate You will then see this information in the My Certificates screen Figure 155 Common ZyXEL Device Certificate My Certificates Trusted CAs Trusted Remote Hosts Directory Servers My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 4 0 00 Factory Default Certificate Name auto_generated_self_signed_cert The factory default certificate is common to all P 2000 models Click Replace to create a certificate using your P 2000 s MAC address that will be specific to this device Replace Factory Default Certificate Replace My Certificate Setting ia Subject Issuer Yalid From Yalid To Modify CN P2802HL I1 CN P2802HL I1 2000 Jan 1st 2030 Jan ist 1 auto generated self signed cert SELF Factory Default Factory Default 00 00 00 00 00 00 E f Certificate Certificate GMT GMT Create Import Refresh 19 5 Telnet You can use Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device Specify which interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access can come 19 6 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Use this screen to specify which interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access can come
154. 3 ADI S aU RONO atc isp tapes candela pulus eadeni ct bo af a zal Hebiladodi lauf cl void adu Fera am d Bad 236 Jabie ur OI DUIS EUN casiicemirisdantcinvene quete p etfeasa a Pro n apnd ER Rei una Fe ad URN EE Rho ofa RR Dus 237 Table 98 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type iiec nitri tn rrt het mnn inae 239 Table 99 Internal Layer2 and Layer3 QoS Mapping essere nnne 241 Table 100 QoS General canis 242 Table 101 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup eeseesssssssssssseeessssssssrsnnaaasssnnessssrsnadinrnnssstsnnnaantnnaaaseena 243 Taule 102 Gos Class Comigo eT 244 TOE TOS GS is c dinein ieaiaia aeaiiai 249 TOE TA BDN ane DNG edict ead aE E EE AAA 252 Table 105 Remote Management WWW acicicsaseniecsnetaaieneimaieatanievatanteeatianaiensneaeeitinaeanes 258 Table 106 Remote Management Telnet Lusit rt ette v td ess ode d d d e ev kx a e 264 Table 107 Remote Management FTP 12a ceca itd hen a nad nh o lk d dn 265 Emus DuiMp qe 267 Table 109 Remote Management SNMP iussis breit t nn i kp n bh e rh Lia da S d 268 Table T TO Remote Management DNS iuucsssexvkk i te dektHe REO TEE EAK FECE NER FEFEU NR FN Ie dalr revo Rar CR Ud d URN 269 Table 111 Remote Management ICM 1 iieesieucisecsseidecee enti derat th dana ci ridi abe ta dritte etd dd buda 270 BG Gurt yi ngu na Er PIRE TT E 272 Table T13 System Gongal SIUP sioiias x RM ORE o MI Ina tP OR e PH eiui REP PU Neb Msg ettNU 286 Tab
155. 3 certificates 211 advantages 212 and cryptology 211 and directory servers 212 232 and public key cryptology 211 and public private keys 211 and remote hosts 226 creating 216 file formats 215 generating requests 211 importing 214 remote hosts 229 replacing 213 revoked 212 storage space 213 trusted CAs 221 223 verifying 228 Certification Authority CA 211 369 certifications 401 notices 402 viewing 402 channel 365 interference 365 channel ID 105 Class of Service 134 client server protocol 130 codecs 330 comfort noise generation 142 330 Complementary Code Keying Modulation 331 configuration 90 configuration file 303 Configure QoS 239 contact information 405 content filtering 175 327 categories 175 schedule 176 trusted computers 177 URL keyword blocking 175 copyright 401 CoS 134 240 country code 329 creating certificates 216 CTS Clear to Send 366 custom ports P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index creating editing 166 customer support 405 customized services 166 D data confidentiality 180 data integrity 180 data origin authentication 180 DBPSK 331 default 308 default LAN IP address 43 DH 199 DHCP 90 251 285 327 DHCP client 327 DHCP relay 327 DHCP server 327 diagnostic 315 Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed Modulation 331 Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation 331 differentiated services 134 Diffie Hellman key groups 199 DiffServ 134 DiffServ Differen
156. 5 operation temperature 325 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Modulation 331 outside header 182 P Pairwise Master Key PMK 371 park 329 password change at login 44 peer to peer calls 39 Perfect Forward Secrecy 200 per hop behavior 134 PFS 200 PHB Per Hop Behavior 135 240 phone 141 pickup 329 PKI Public Key Infrastructure 212 point to point calls 39 point to point calls 330 port forwarding 328 power adaptor 332 power specifications 325 PPP Point to Point Protocol Link Layer Protocol 328 PPPoE 83 benefits 83 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 83 327 preamble mode 367 pre shared key 193 product registration 403 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index PSTN call setup signaling 133 Public Switched Telephone Network 36 public key cryptology and certificates 211 public private keys and certificates 211 pulse dialing 133 Q QoS 134 240 330 QoS class configuration 242 Quality of Service 134 330 Quality of Service QoS 239 quick dialing 330 Quick Start Guide 43 R RADIUS 331 368 shared secret key 369 RADIUS message types 368 RADIUS messages 368 Real time Transport Protocol 132 real time e mail alerts 328 region 329 registration product 403 reinitialize the ADSL line 316 related documentation 3 remote hosts and certificates 226 remote management HTTPS 257 HTTPS example 259 Telnet 263 remote management and NAT 256 remote management l
157. 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The seconds default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK Update Timer key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 4 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA Authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the Wir
158. 802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Usb s CUIUS uico sic vd cv FER EEER RE Fac DEFERT RE ORC RRE RH X ROV RE EE SRM SINUM RO Gr Nd a FAC REnE 3 DO CUINEG RE Conventos Mee 4 Safety rli ce E S 6 Contents ear Pec 9 Table of CONG AES ioc iocus laxe E acl aia laa oda OR DHL RE b PU Ga aaas RR Far R Uie ER 11 EI ESHIbi I Mer 21 EDGE mee 27 Part aig se poo Pee 33 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE seiorn 0k iE NIE BER REB ERE RA tEo KG a no XKERR ERE nuu 0b cr kKa cu RUN kaksia LA CRU AM 35 UEBER QU T rer eer mre Per ter atrrer erty rer rer tan Pree errr 35 Ja Ways to Manage ie cV AEL DViCO uo EREHIdDUAT ErOR CAE EROR END AR p Eo ER REN CR c Mi RERUM MRAEINUA 36 1 8 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Devig ioci tan nett epe tanen eds 37 14 Applications Tor the ZyXEL EVO 1 cis cusascssanesendinmccouldermeeiinriea sania anaandaa atinae iai kaa 37 14 1 Secure Intemetl ACCESS T 37 142 Vilrelese LAN Fp seeen aai aaaea 38 1 4 3 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider sssses 38 1 44 Making Peer to peer CANS e 39 Nee E N EA AE EE n 40 1o The RESET EU O cinaccinisnetiimaoinnnniiasawetanenesaniaiban was SURFER EUR 41 16 1 Using The Rosat BUON sosterse extet o o ore lo i ota re On
159. 82 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 15 Table of Contents TEA PSOE BE N T aucccexisesptit9evWR p ER sity nas CURAR RH GRE NACER asi 5 aise ten nt axes E ERA ERO ERE E UR 182 Chapter 14 MP SEISEIB cii nire SERRAREXEEI E uS E T E E VIO DUX IRR FE OP Sa de 185 TAE VEDEIESSR OOUBPHB S ida teles ee tet EE ED RE Ci er err bens ere reer vae rer vati ui atu re or vafa o AD 185 142 IP sun d 185 14 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol eese eene tena na teta nan nna 185 14 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol eere nrnnnnas 185 iL da ln c e connie EPE E A S E E I A A annie 186 14 4 Secure Gateway AddresS 1s enhn a e E nri a ERR tai ERRARE EN MA IRA ERR a ERA Ru Ep 186 14 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address a eeeesseiiseeeee ennt rra dnte dada ha 187 lp quce sif 0 e 187 we roD FU o d EE 189 141 7 VEN NALE and NAT Traversal Seiecidtxiiacbtrtwakecra pO ARV bbb bba arb ADU Frrbbr Dur Ert N Ex 189 BLA Pe DNS aE UT 190 w D ae SI Se We 2S mH 191 14 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples saseisicsscsslessstsseiusoacssisasoasssigasaaesgseaieasaacteessonsadieaeads 192 T TO PAGES E ROI Loa doreiti cited pone I bou spon ted lad E PAG IRL FUR Pe DL ARUM ASE 193 14 11 Editing Rus GB FR 193 TET IKE PHASE auscimebutniiietienidbediceeciy oni agen Dati d sudo dad 198 14 12 SO AONE MOUE C redes CHE Ina MERERI REPFRPHE EP EP SERE ERR Pd dE anne 199
160. A represents your phone and B represents the phone of the person you would like to call Figure 25 VolP Phone Calls 7 Internet rr In order to make VoIP calls you need to register at least one SIP account on your ZyXEL Device You can register your SIP account in the VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP wizard Tere NEIN 4 2 VoIP Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon ka in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example Figure 26 Select a Mode router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your Use Advanced mode if you need access to more advanced features not included in Wizard mode 2 Click VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP to configure your SIP settings Figure 27 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP Wy through the been broken down into nmon configuration each of which may provided by your VoIP service provider Your VoIP service provider supplies you with the following information When you are finished click A
161. Atthe time of writing LDAP is the only choice of directory server access protocol P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 16 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 133 Example of Static Routing Topology N1 mu uj f T i 16 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 235 Chapter 16 Static Route Figure 134 Static Route Static Route Static Route Rules m m o 00724090 UN M M m o m oO oU RON SB em s E S g S EP EP EP w g wf Edu Eu EP E Eu g EG Eu Eu EP Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 96 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route
162. Bz9jUhTUPQUPveX Back Export Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 93 Trusted Remote Host Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s own certificate and a list of certification authority certificates in the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate a certificate s issuing certification authority For a trusted host the list consists of the end entity s own certificate and the default self signed certificate that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign remote host certificates Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate With trusted remote host certificates this field always displays CA signed The ZyXEL Device is the Certification Authority that signed the certificate X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter
163. Diffie Hellman P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 78 Advanced VPN IKE LABEL DESCRIPTION Phase 2 Active Protocol Use the drop down list box to choose from ESP or AH Encryption Algorithm This field is available when you select ESP in the Active Protocol field Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security
164. E Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 4 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 58 for wireless connection wizard setup BS When you use the connection wizard to configure the Internet access using PPPoE the ZyXEL Device is set to get an IP address from the ISP automatically To set up a static WAN IP address with PPPoE use the Network WAN screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 55 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 14 Internet Connection with PPPoE STEP t STEP rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If r it in the third field User Name Password Service Name optional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet lt Back Exit The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user dom
165. EL DESCRIPTION Current Time Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time hh mm ss configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 287 Chapter 21 System 288 Table 114 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date yyyy mm dd configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your
166. EL Device If you decide to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates against the issuing certification authority s list of revoked certificates the ZyXEL Device first checks the server s listed in the CRL Distribution Points field of the incoming certificate If the certificate does not list a server or the listed server is not available the ZyXEL Device checks the servers listed here Figure 131 Directory Servers Directory Servers 1 Directory Servers PKI Storage Space in Use 10 Directory Services ee ee TS 192 168 1 3 LDAP B uw Add The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 94 Directory Servers LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates The index number of the directory server The servers are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this directory server Address This field displays the IP address or domain name of the directory server Port This field displays the port number that the directory server uses Protocol This field displays the protocol that the directory server uses P 2802H W L I Series User
167. ELECTRONICS INC AC Power Adapter Model MU18 2180100 A1 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max Safety Standards UL CUL UL 60950 1 EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model MU18 2180100 C5 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 UNITED KINGDOM PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model MU18 2180100 B2 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide PART V Appendices and Index The appendices provide general information Some details may not apply to your ZyXEL Device Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 337 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 349 IP Addresses and Subnetting 355 Wireless LANs 363 Services 373 Command Interpreter 1 Internal SPTGEN 377 Legal Information 401 Customer Support 405 Index 411 Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operati
168. FTP Session EXSOPOIG i craic Voce iade dna ome bedi eite Hat c n EE Ed a na 310 Figure 194 Restore Using FTP Session Example 12r rro rette potrete ito ri tuni titre ta uu peor Ica epe prota ped 312 Figure 195 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload sse 213 Faure T9 MR necat og ec T 215 x NU DER elo EBEN M 316 Fig r 199 Outgoing Calls Default uae pne eed edax dad Ee P AA ac ant pa ae lk da es hapa Stra 322 Figure 199 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration ccsscees conchceheccaccssenesdastaanps coachenppdecdeteenenrsanecoeninns 322 Figure 200 Incoming cals Dorai ccccsinsscassiansimceterysnscenasinnannnassrnanansarasusainanavneassdeesl dates gas nenneaenndiant 323 Figure 201 Incoming Calls Individual Configuration eeeeeeeeu eene enetannnnnnnntnnnna ntn annu nnn 323 Figure 202 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration iuc ececicia dide cese te tuta due ovatae uidet dida 338 Figure 203 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address 1 ei enne nna ten tiia 339 Figure 204 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration eesseessssss 340 Figure 205 Windows inccr NIONU e 341 Figure 206 Windows XP Control Panal Lassen exce dado breed prb eR C taa di c te evs nU ER ELA M cud 341 Figure 207 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties sessusee 342 Figure 208 Window
169. Fetch to back up the file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section 23 3 on page 304 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 311 Chapter 23 Tools 23 8 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device When the Restore Configuration process is complete the device automatically restarts 23 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 194 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay
170. GE DESCRIPTION SIP Registration Success The listed SIP account was successfully registered with a SIP by SIP SIP Phone Number register server SIP Registration Fail by An attempt to register the listed SIP account with a SIP register SIP SIP Phone Number server was not successful P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 133 SIP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP UnRegistration The listed SIP account s registration was deleted from the SIP Success by SIP SIP Phone register server Number SIP UnRegistration Fail An attempt to delete the listed SIP account s registration from the by SIP SIP Phone Number SIP register server failed Table 134 RTP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Error RTP init fail The initialization of an RTP session failed Error Call fail RTP A VoIP phone call failed because the RTP session could not be connect fail established Error RTP connection The termination of an RTP session failed cannot close Table 135 FSM Logs Caller Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start Ph Phone Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to Port Number lt Outgoing initiate a VoIP call to the listed destination Call Number VoIP Call Established Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to Ph Phone Port gt make a VoIP call to the listed destination Outgoing
171. Guide 251 Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS Setup Figure 145 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider WWW DynDNS ORG v Dynamic DNS Type Dynamic DNS Host Name E User Name Password Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 104 Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic Select this check box to use dynamic DNS DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Option Enable off line This option is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field option Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Polic
172. I 202 Stateful Inspection 155 stateful inspection 327 stateful packet inspection 328 static route 235 storage humidity 325 storage temperature 325 SUA 120 SUA Single User Account 120 SUA vs NAT 120 subnet 355 subnet mask 91 165 356 subnetting 358 supplementary services 145 syntax conventions 4 Syslog 170 System name 286 System Parameter Table Generator 377 system timeout 256 n TCP maximum incomplete 172 173 Telnet 263 temperature 325 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 371 TFTP file upload 313 TFTP and FTP over WAN 304 TFTP restrictions 304 three way conference 146 147 TLS 331 ToS 134 trademarks 401 transparent bridging 328 transport mode 182 Triangle 158 Triangle Route Solutions 159 trusted CAs and certificates 221 TTLS 331 tunnel mode 182 Type of Service 134 U Uniform Resource Identifier 129 Universal Plug and Play 271 application 271 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 327 upload firmware 312 UPnP 271 forum 272 security issues 271 USA type call service mode 147 user authentication 370 V VAD 141 330 Virtual Local Area Network 135 Virtual Private Network 35 179 327 VLAN 135 VLAN group 135 VLAN ID 135 VLAN ID tags 135 voice activity detection 141 330 voice channels 330 voice coding 132 VoIP 129 VoIP standards compliance 330 VPN 179 VPN applications 180 W WAN Wide Area Network 83 warranty 403 note 403 Web 258 Web Configurator 43 158
173. IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless stations A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an Ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an Ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 226 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network _ _ A s L I i BSS A Basic Servic
174. If you set the first Ethernet port as a WAN port and connect the Ethernet port to a broadband modem or router enter the broadband modem or router s LAN IP address here DNS Server First DNS Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server Server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address and you select Obtain Second DNS an IP Address Automatically Server Select UserDefined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS TUS ENS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose UserDefined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to UserDefined and enter the same IP address the second UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DNS server on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 20 Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Connection PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Co
175. IlQealeg iusso cie tabat ti senacasststracasdtstsanccdont vaanaduls E E a 228 Figure T29 Conia SINS eua dde td alae i ae E GR Rd Ud an ac aea eae 228 Figure 129 b sted Remote Host MGI usiosesceteseeve erepti dete bula eet kUp a etu bue ke beta petes Un a AR RLddn 229 Figure 138 Trusted Remote Host Details 112 cu eiii erepto irc tuni siet c apnea ope t Imma eter z anm aea rZ e aasa 230 Figure 131 Directory EPS e 232 Figure T32 Directory Server Add and Edit ss minccaipanteimensasirmisaimenienime cara anima eee 233 Figure 133 Example of Static Routing TOpolOgy 21d ten didit od x ade dod AANT Eai 235 Foure oe Statie ROUE Baer eee ene era EET 236 Figure 135 Static Roule EG Gem 237 FI 129 O S DONE oa 242 Figure Tar QoS Gg ODD a NN ME DU ME 243 Figure 138 QoS Class COMIQUPAHION M M 244 Foue 159 QOS ANI 2a teen ate ed wad li Waa aa aed ath etapa aa Bedi EEE 246 Figure 140 Ges Class Example VOR 1 auiucquubeneiisaismpesiscpi bote pepe eun ccppc eei bu endi pete v E EROR UA ERU 246 igure 141 Gos Class Example VolP Z 1ussiecsuapetkt yu ER RE ERR R Ra FERRO D LE RE R AS 247 Figure 142 Cos Class Example BOSS eT aussen sense opio aat pi tuer pd cred haa d MU cd ECHO E ARR P t Edd 247 Figure 143 QoS Class Example BOSS Z 2st eraot aito i vbt ebd ke bL Ide AA AAS aia 248 Figure T4409 MONIO iovscoenidcxteaiudendetdtivn dude dieti dado cad t ous Aes dd tdm qi e p aan 248 gi aml e
176. L I Series User s Guide Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 24 1 General Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 196 Diagnostic General General TCP IP Address Ping The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 144 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Address Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered 24 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 315 Chapter 24 Diagnostic Figure 197 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line o ae Start to reset VDSL Loading VDSL modem F W Reset VDSL Line Successfully VDSL Line Status Reset VDSL Line Capture All Logs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 145 Diagnostic DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION VDSL Line Status Click this button to check the DSL connection status Reset VDSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the VDSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset VDSL Loading VDSL modem F W Reset VDSL Line Successfully
177. LAEL Device Access and DOS cas ei oie ed iene uS a b pts Kl pr a ORDER 318 03 WING RNS A Be Loon caspian bea ene tendi a pa Eodem bo Veer ia ela wda tits sl vadam aea big 320 MUT Phone Callis and VolP f 321 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents 25 5 Problems With Multiple SIP AGCOUIS 1uiseic iis snpm tat b ERE rnt tta Ene PR HI ed nia a toa anis 322 54 AES Sr SEI m re 322 25 022 INCOMING CANS Me 323 Chapter 26 Product Specification S T 325 Part V Appendices and Index cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeeeeeseees 335 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address ccccccccccecccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeens 337 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions ssssss 349 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting sssssssssss HH 355 Appendix D Wireless LANS ideiei a aa aaa EE E EAEE EAE EEE EEEE 363 Appendix E Services nenea eta E aae aae a ra ERR T aa Eaa T aa AE E AUTE E ME AEAEE 373 Appendix F Internal SPTGEBL aaa uei aana a pnm EE A EAEE EA EEA A ER EE 377 Appendix G Legal Information ccccccsccscccceccnnecceceeecceecceccceccnecceecceecceeceecececenseeeeeeeeeeness 401 Appendix H Customer SUDDUOPL oues cecensnese ux ae prt Eo DEBERE E AL DE I dinansanccenensenenedbenenanoncnnes 405
178. LAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network IEEE 802 1p specifies the user priority field and defines up to eight separate traffic types The following table describes the traffic types defined in the IEEE 802 1d standard which incorporates the 802 1p Table 98 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type PRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPE Level 7 Typically used for network control traffic such as router configuration messages Level 6 Typically used for voice traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Table 98 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type PRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPE Level 5 Typically used for video that consumes high bandwidth and is sensitive to jitter Level 4 Typically used for controlled load latency sensitive traffic such as SNA Systems Network Architecture transactions Level 3 Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Level 2 This is for spare bandwidth Level 1 This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Level 0 Typically used for best effort traffic 17 1 2 IP Precedence S
179. Led Sib E c ds aet eer 194 Figure 111 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec GA 1aecseseei kessiezpeie eubasdkuce estu admuusa ped supuesta aua e eaa aiaia 198 Figure 112 Advanced VPN IKE auuooosnxabbuee iota eiA epa Egan eet dpa dad epi A Lea tu Rd Ka 200 Figure 113 VPN Setin Mantal Koy us tenedRaa n print ConbO se EREU ARN 203 Figure TI4 VEPE SA MOBIGE uisccied peti xe E ERU HERE REY RECOGE HOUR AIDE ERU ROC ERA HL KU ER SL RU SH E ut 206 Figure 115 VENE Global Setting ies er a d inqensiisept ud E ket c ber pd di und a pn areas Klo ini a nt hu Fk Cd E Ran 207 Figure 116 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eeceeeeceenene eene 208 Figure 117 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example esee nnne 209 Figure 118 Cerificate Configuration OVervi W 25ueosnupppi cer betterti ete enc ir renr cete o ec TERI AERE DA 212 Eg mMabItsae e ggme sc Wee 213 Figure 120 My Cerificate OL 2iuoccenc ecce lp pbetbxt n a pni Cite o br t rk in bu Ek E 215 i XEM A e CEP ETT 216 Figure T22 My Cermcate DOLOS 1 cerco d opaco dodi aod DU C NO a et RR GR Und c o ea ud 219 Foure 0 RD coti m TN 222 Figure 124 Trusted CA MDOT We 223 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 23 List of Figures Figure T27 Trusted C ENSIS 2usesiiebenasi adag t va pt Rap S tp rtt qo Y Le bd i abt dt 224 Figure 126 Trusted Remote TA qe 227 Figure 127 Remote Host COI
180. MB Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB J Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details Cancel 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 165 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools E to Help Operator Assisted Dialing m o Back gt 27 f 5 Dial up Preferences Address r3 Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details 274 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 166 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove
181. MPv1 Simple Network Management Protocol version 1 RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 RFC 1441 SNMPv2 Simple Network Management Protocol version 2 RFC 1631 IP Network Address Translator NAT RFC 1661 The Point to Point Protocol PPP RFC 1723 RIP 2 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1901 SNMPv2c Simple Network Management Protocol version 2c RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol Version 2 RFC 2408 Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol ISAKMP RFC 2516 A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet PPPoE RFC 2766 Network Address Translation Protocol IEEE 802 11 Also known by the brand Wi Fi denotes a set of Wireless LAN WLAN standards developed by working group 11 of the IEEE LAN MAN Standards Committee IEEE 802 IEEE 802 11b Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11g Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11d Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Media Access Control MAC Bridges IEEE 802 11x Port Based Network Access Control IEEE 802 11e QoS IEEE 802 11 e Wireless LAN for Quality of Service ITU T G 993 1 VDSL ITU standard that defines VDSL ITU T G 993 2 VDSL2 ITU standard that defines VDSL2 TR 069 TR 069 DSL Forum Standard for CPE Wan Management P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications Power Adaptor Specifications Table 152 P 2802HWL I Series Power Adaptor Specifications North American PLUG standards LEI LEADER
182. N group Some ISPs use the VLAN tag to identify voice traffic and give it priority over other traffic 10 4 SIP Settings Screen The ZyXEL Device uses a SIP account to make outgoing VoIP calls and check if an incoming call s destination number matches your SIP account s SIP number In order to make or receive a VoIP call you need to enable and configure a SIP account and map it to a phone port The SIP account contains information that allows your ZyXEL Device to connect to your VoIP service provider If you want to make only peer to peer VoIP calls there is no VoIP service provider involved so the SIP account information does not have to match a real VoIP service provider s SIP account You can make up the SIP numbers However you should still activate a SIP account and configure its number and map it to a phone port so that the person you call knows what SIP number you are using and the ZyXEL Device knows to which phone port it should forward an incoming VoIP call You must use speed dial to make peer to peer VoIP calls See Section 10 8 on page 142 for how to map a SIP account to a phone port Use this screen to maintain basic information about each SIP account You can also enable and disable each SIP account To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 135 Chapter 10 Voice Figure 75 SIP gt SIP Settings SIP Settings Number Authentication Password
183. NS Server UserDefined x 0 0 0 0 Third DNS Server Obtained From ISP 0 0 0 Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHCP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Address Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the Server actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to the DHCP clients First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP
184. No 1 Yes gt 0 150000028 SUA Server 7 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000029 SUA Server 7 Port Start 0 150000030 SUA Server 7 Port End 0 150000031 SUA Server 7 Local IP address 0 150000032 SUA Server 8 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000033 SUA Server 8 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000034 SUA Server 8 Port Start 0 150000035 SUA Server 8 Port End 0 150000036 SUA Server 8 Local IP address 0 150000037 SUA Server 9 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000038 SUA Server 9 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000039 SUA Server 9 Port Start 0 150000040 SUA Server 9 Port End 0 150000041 SUA Server 9 Local IP address 0 150000042 SUA Server 10 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000043 SUA Server 10 Protocol X0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000044 SUA Server 10 Port Start 0 150000045 SUA Server 10 Port End 0 150000046 SUA Server 10 Local IP address 0 150000047 SUA Server L Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000048 SUA Server Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000049 SUA Server Port Start 0 150000050 SUA Server Port End 0 150000051 SUA Server Local IP address 0 150000052 SUA Server 12 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000053 SUA Server 12 Protocol X0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000054 SUA Server 12 Port Start 0 150000055 SUA Server 12 Port End 0 150000056 SUA Server 12 Local IP address 0
185. ONE 1 2 Green On A SIP account is registered for the phone port Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook or there is an incoming call None Off The phone port does not have a SIP account registered Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 1 6 The RESET Button You can use the RESET button at the back of the device to turn the wireless LAN off or on You can also use it to activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 You can also use the 1 6 1 Using The Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 Doone ofthe following To turn the wireless LAN off or on press the RESET button for one second and release it The WLAN LED should change from on to off or vice versa W models only To activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients press the RESET button for three seconds and release it The WLAN LED should flash while the device uses OTIST to send wireless settings to OTIST clients W models only P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL De
186. P code d type d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack Table 129 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION user Local User Database accepts A user was authenticated by the local user database credential error Local User Database reports user A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password find user s credential Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user RADIUS Server Pls check A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local
187. P 2802H W L I Series VDSL VoIP IAD User s Guide Version 3 70 Edition 1 About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide lt gt Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or you
188. P DR N IE CREE EA 51 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard sssssssssssssseeseeeeenn enne 53 VOIP Wizard And EXAMI M 65 Pire 71 Status SCH GNIS A M 3 EE Bo cl ENS I D T T T 83 EV bl ioc eR 89 QU cog Mm 101 Network Address Translation NAT Screens eaessiesssiiesa sesenta etn h aa anna hada 117 po M G M 129 PN Mec S 155 es cU a DES OE T ES E 175 IQR t0 POET e 179 VEN SCORE ee I m T uM 185 COFI cmt EN 211 Sae ROUE We UR 235 CUa o Serice QOS TRU 239 Dynamic DNS Setup esiisaks 251 Remote Management Co IQUEG DOR 1 555 1 kl sortir ata da inann g da di tna 255 Universal Plug and Play UPDP 1 acstree ierit rre DEaaEEEHe Sex REFerRU NU n ekz pea EREHRUT MER E Epp bgnE HERO iodide 271 Maintenance Troubleshooting and Specifications seeeeesusssuss 283 YT D o T 285 LOOS 289 erede peor RA 303 Uic E E A E P E eed aoe seater a 315 TOULE OOS aa 317 Product Spec OUI Nor aaisan a ad e ox Ud ea bala a a A aE 325 Appendices and IBelex wccsssisciscnsssstscnsdscsnasscnsrnannedavnetsenvesacnetnencosainnacsncasantasnencnconenseuiedsoniareiion 335 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 9 Contents Overview P 2
189. P isie a 94 7 4 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup 1 retra etian ok khu Rok a pna ERR p Iu Eo na 95 Fees gE ig Fade cpm DN 96 T LAN CIOM OUSE cuit oe oc oo oboe b a Lt bd 97 EE D raro E E T T 99 Chapter 8 bil cam i eU PR 101 58 1 Wireless Newark CUBINIGU socciseprubaccidi pad bp Ee Ung kx tad dv dok pete dde Fx kid uis dub tA LN Rabe bn bk dM dE 101 5 2 Wireless Security Overview iuasedsee aded hath dull E td ada Rt A AM aunn ARR RA ERA ARR ANENA ANN Ni Aaa d da 102 ud Aw pocip e eS 102 Bie MAC Address TDI sciendi IU p EE 102 Boo USEF PILE VEE TIN IRM aiaa EOREE ad bisk OPE cabin pode EUER REL t E A A ARARA 102 acne M 103 8 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST eese 104 B 3 Additonal Wireless TERMS 2 co piv a E EEPORR HE DEP RRE ERREUR ERE HEAT EE Ea CHEM RER FRI ER MK i 104 Bod Genera WLAN ON m 104 PM NOS MRI T nt rb pd xl ea tte Oa acca ka 105 24 2 NEF EBD ilo SOCII quip ctn I ed E Ere Met U M iq EM MM 106 BASYWPALMPSE unicamente ecrire et d t ra ce reenter ey 107 8 4 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen eeeeeseeeeesees esee enean anat nha annua teta d ua tnn a 109 8 4 5 Wireless LAN Advanced GOD ousccccceose cese errata kprabi Eee pE ieai aiaiai 110 BO OTIST BO BBIL aite ep ite tae a bg ve E GF a ada PEU d RR UR PUR UR P 111 6 5 1 Hotes OW OTIST onn NN 113 Pet erz M apeter cec E
190. P on or off P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Maintenance System General Use this screen to configure your device s name domain name management inactivity timeout and password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to display your device s logs Log Settings Use this screen to select which logs and or immediate alerts your device is to record You can also set it to e mail the logs to you Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device s configuration settings or reset the factory default settings Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices DSL Line These screen displays information to help you identify problems with the DSL connection 2 2 3 Main Window The main window displays information and configuration fields It is discussed in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 5 on page 73 for more information about the Status screen 2 2 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated
191. PS TCP 465 This is a more secure version of SMTP that runs over SSL SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 The Simple Service Discovery Protocol supports Universal Plug and Play UPnP SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 375 Appendix E Services 376 Table 167 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 A videoconferencing solution The UDP port UDP user number is specified in the application defined
192. QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to control the use of bandwidth Without QoS all traffic data is equally likely to be dropped when the network is congested This can cause a reduction in network performance and make the network inadequate for time critical application such as video on demand Configure QoS on the ZyXEL Device to group and prioritize application traffic and fine tune network performance Setting up QoS involves these steps 1 Configure classifiers to sort traffic into different flows 2 Assign priority and define actions to be performed for a classified traffic flow The ZyXEL Device assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly Packets assigned a high priority are processed more quickly than those with low priority if there is congestion allowing time sensitive applications to flow more smoothly Time sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency delay and a low level of jitter variations in delay such as Voice over IP VoIP or Internet gaming and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video 17 1 1 IEEE 802 1Q Tag The IEEE 802 1Q standard defines an explicit VLAN tag in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges A VLAN tag includes the 12 bit VLAN ID and 3 bit user priority The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific V
193. R A 4 Xu ERI A LX AE nt aAA 285 FANNEC ILU e 285 aU TE a T 287 Chapter 22 Ko 289 UNE EN 1 P catatedanniea san deusaenitan qs taicawhamen dan ahn las eaeieen nena 289 umm II LOGS 289 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents eurer mpi IE 289 co ROMANS ACY SORA qt ERE 290 22 4 SMIP Error Messages M 292 223 1 Example E mall og me rere ere error Per trnre res rer ere e GRO dal eG LR et tr rere errr 293 22 9 Log DESCHDUDIS soraan ween oe em 294 Chapter 23 TOOS O a a A aa 303 CN G11 26 DU UTR TT ITI mE 303 23 2 Filename Conventions M OT T 303 233 File Maintenance Over WAN iui aseeeeseaseeit ene tesis beso beb EE e PELEEUE Xu bE TI QUEE tackiaiueereetigumeceuartentersec 304 radi iEsspp REen D 305 23 9 Backup and POSO RP 306 240 1 Backup CODPIOHEBOD uissinciseiesdeni cessdddxt aiii i ni E E Uds paid dive obti diu pa 307 23 5 2 Restore Configurator ceca doxes cede vanced don REA do M di eL AUR REO Ib cg 307 Pe Wee FeCl gk ro Mer 308 Pe ROSTO 309 23 7 Using PIP or TRIP to Back Up COBTIGUIABOTE siciecisssaancsuisssamenenussseanaeetssnnaneacnastadaaeebs sede 309 23 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration
194. R ue aa E Fa HRS e e a Aga 301 Hrs 1S F POTN oM 301 Table 138 RFG 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types saaesenaiicsendvni pon eor dennie a eet erri deusycderseesaneuniuante 302 Table 139 Filename Conventions 3 vn e a et Rad dedi i ke Lega bial e tnde keit i Ln nh w BEER stri pel ERR 304 Table riui ch Upgrade M r N 305 Table 141 Reese TIAA e 307 Table 142 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients sse 310 Table 143 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients 311 Table 144 Diagnose Sensi cava S RC ao a p ER RR Rd aS e La Dn a e E 315 TRE TS Daros e DS LUNE ett TRU 316 Table 146 Hardware Specificatii sicasccsnchsacisbarsassniecviasenasacisdeasseetsaawarsansh heeanseeri aetna 325 Table T47 Rimwate SDOSITICODONS ied cene t rpuna reds seers Eae I M aE Ea CERA A vaa G AATAS E 325 Table 140 Voice Fea s sciaestieti pd xp EP Ep IR EPI E A 329 Tapie MO Veios FeO 2 isti Lido cr PE p Rn entes b dct ad op abe oun uo Fit en wand ge data 331 n TI EERO TI eR M EET 331 Tae 191 Standards SUPPOR c annia aee Oia E e e ea ahan naei ene 332 Table 152 P 2802HWL I Series Power Adaptor Specifications 333 Table 133 Subn Lr il 356 Teale 194 SUBNET ASRS e E 357 Table 155 Maximum Host NUMDETS siriasi essei tentaret ene pd tn Lt x EUR aa Fanta i e rn ERE eph eR Rx 357 Table 156 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation eere erar rnnt rtr orabant ens
195. S servers cannot resolve domain names to private IP addresses on the remote network P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyXEL Device A one to branch office 2 one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters In order to access computers that use private domain names on the headquarters HQ network the ZyXEL Device at branch office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters The DNS server feature for VPN does not work with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Figure 109 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example a MP C X DNS Servers 212 54 64 170 212 54 64 171 HU N A Len T I V E SERO LAN p d Remote DNS 212 54 64 170 IPSec Router HQ 242 54 64 171 10 1 1 1 200 G VPN Tunnel 2 192 168 1 1 50 3 172 16 1 1 50 If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network then the VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote network 14 9 ID Type and Content With aggressive negotiation mode seeSection 14 12 1 on page 199 the ZyXEL Device identifies incoming SAs by ID type and content since this identifying information is not encrypted This enables the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between multiple rules for SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses Telecommuters can use separa
196. SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Perfect Forward Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS is disabled NONE by default in phase 2 IPSec Secrecy PFS SA setup This allows faster IPSec setup but is not so secure Choose DH1 or DH2 from the drop down list box to enable PFS DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number more secure yet slower Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the VPN IKE screen without saving your changes 14 14 Manual Key Setup Manual key management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management 14 14 1 Security Parameter Index SPI An SPI is used to distinguish different SAs terminating at the same destination and using the same IPSec protocol This data allows for the multiplexing of SAs to a single gateway
197. SCII characters long Note If you change the OTIST setup key in the ZyXEL Device you must change it on the wireless devices too Yes Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically generate a pre shared key for the wireless network Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General and set the Security Mode to No Security Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use a pre shared key that you enter Before you do this click Network Wireless LAN General set the Security Mode to WPA PSK and enter the Pre Shared Key Start Click Start to activate OTIST and transfer settings The process takes three minutes to complete Note You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order Before you click Start you should enable OTIST on all the OTIST enabled devices in the wireless network For most devices follow these steps 1 Start the ZyXEL utility 2 Click the Adapter tab 3 Select the OTIST check box and enter the same Setup Key as the ZyXEL Device 4 Click Save Figure 56 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen Adapter Setting gt Transfer Rate Fully Auto Y gt Power Saving Mode Disabled X C v OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Setup Key 01234567 _ Sat To start OTIST in the device click
198. SUA Server 2 Port End 0 150000006 SUA Server 2 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000007 SUA Server 3 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000008 SUA Server 3 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000009 SUA Server 3 Port Start 0 150000010 SUA Server 3 Port End 0 150000011 SUA Server 3 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000012 SUA Server 4 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000013 SUA Server 4 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000014 SUA Server 4 Port Start 0 150000015 SUA Server 4 Port End 0 150000016 SUA Server 4 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000017 SUA Server 5 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000018 SUA Server 5 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000019 SUA Server 5 Port Start 0 150000020 SUA Server 5 Port End 0 150000021 SUA Server 5 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000022 SUA Server 6 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 0 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 173 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000023 SUA Server 6 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000024 SUA Server 6 Port Start 0 150000025 SUA Server 6 Port End 0 150000026 SUA Server 6 Local IP address 0 150000027 SUA Server 7 Active O
199. Security NET MAN Inc C US Inc C US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 88 Trusted CAs LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from blue to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the
200. Settings Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 22 1 on page 289 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Figure 180 Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Send Log to Send Alerts to Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Log Schedule Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog IP Address Log Facility Active Log and Alert Log Iv system Maintenance M System Errors M Access Control Iv uPnP M Forward Web Sites M Blocked Web Sites Iv Attacks IPSec IV IKE Vv Any IP PKI Iv 802 1x M siP Iv RTP Iv Fsm 00 Outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Address E Mail Address E Mail Address rM creen Nene Monday z fo houryfo minute 0 0 0 0 Server Name or IP Address Loca z7 Send Immediate Al
201. Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 18 Connection Test Successful STER T P STEP ffi Internet Configuration Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Q ves amp No lt Back Next gt Exit 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue Figure 19 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 ff Wireless LAN 7 Active our network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients J Enable OTIST re to set up a ZyAIR client adapter that supports OTIST y Note Please type in a unique setup key This key acts like a password to ensure only those wireless LAN devices you authorize are configured by OTIST This key should not be the same as the router password the password you use to log in to your ISP You will need to remember this key to setup new devices via OTIST The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 9 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Enable OTIST Select the check box to enable OTIST if you want to transfer your ZyXEL Device s SSID and WEP or WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients
202. Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet Wireless Setup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation Ethernet Network Name SSI Channel Selection Security Disable w security Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide VoIP Wizard And Example This chapter shows you how to configure your SIP account s and make a VoIP phone call 4 1 Introduction The ZyXEL Device has Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities that allow you to use a traditional analog telephone to make Internet calls You can configure the ZyXEL Device to use up to two SIP based VoIP accounts This section describes how you can set up your ZyXEL Device to call someone who is also using a VoIP device Make sure your telephone is connected to the PHONE 1 port before you start with our example In the following figure
203. Start in this screen BS You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order After you click Start in the ZyXEL Device the following screen appears in the ZyXEL Device 112 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Figure 57 OTIST Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer x AN The security is WPA PSK mode on WLAN now The key is Jv6pSzHWwvx You can use the key in this screen to set up WPA PSK encryption manually for non OTIST devices in the wireless network Review the settings and click OK The ZyXEL Device begins transferring OTIST settings The following screens appear in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless devices Figure 58 OTIST In Progress on the ZyXEL Device OTIST OTIST in Process Please wait a moment about 129 Seconds Figure 59 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device OTIST in progress please waitfor 3 minutes These screens close when the transfer 1s complete 8 5 1 Notes on OTIST 1 Ifyou enable OTIST in a wireless device you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes to search for an OTIST enabled AP in other words the ZyXEL Device Figure 60 Start OTIST OTIST EJ Do you wantto start OTIST function Don t show me this window again P 2802H W L I Series Us
204. TPS connection with the ZyXEL Device Authenticate Client Certificates Select Authenticate Client Certificates optional to require the SSL client to authenticate itself to the ZyXEL Device by sending the ZyXEL Device a certificate To do that the SSL client must have a CA signed certificate from a CA that has been imported as a trusted CA on the ZyXEL Device see Appendix K on page 791 on importing certificates for details P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Table 105 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The HTTPS proxy server listens on port 443 by default If you change the HTTPS proxy server port to a different number on the ZyXEL Device for example 8443 then you must notify people who need to access the ZyXEL Device web configurator to use https ZyXEL Device IP Address 8443 as the URL Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service You can allow only secure web configurator access by clearing all of the interface check boxes in the HTTP Access Status field and setting the HTTPS Access Status field to an interface s Secured Client IP A secure client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow
205. TT 114 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 117 RM INT DUJCIREIS I y DUET 117 SELLER SIT EE hurt emmaniiceauels TE cca Dra HE Aree PE 118 STS How NAT WOKS usdiocasus ein gite bel Pep ER Pr REP Ebo bp i tan e buts bap esed Rp ma e iuid 118 9 T2 NOI ARISIOSSDON ccionrc eiie seuss duisi eo teI MiwId e EFE Rd aES ER P Gba d CREE Mesi cE SER Dd 118 SMESSEEMNIST SUDDEN UT 119 9 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT 12 5 eren raten t pret ERE ERPA S Eee 3 ee RI aS e E EE eU a RE RERO IS 120 Jo NAT Ganra SOIL p ot D e od e p D b s ER be TAM 120 Sud POT EDDNOPOB ei ia inf das Map is tidal a poft Dd 121 94 1 Default Servei IP Addres S oari inienn Eaa beans LAM OSA MR IE DEKO MINER aaaeet vents 122 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 13 Table of Contents 9 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers cccccessececceessenceceeeteeeecerentaees 122 9 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example sssssssss 122 E Xeiegss ueidcei pip 123 95 1 Pon Fomwarding Rule EL 51 2 ea sass casa haee tea e Rd do e Fat Ru Rn aoo a d 124 ub Address MIB 2 sxtiteicnte itas utetsemelete iip iva beta n ie ev E TN EEp ME TN 125 9 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit e H n 126 mg BIBLE auossdeshedtrsedbitk dadas sarap EB coll Da I ETE AET cain ca Cale 128 Chapter 10 Quo f M
206. Table 43 Address Mapping RUBS 1 err t tcI oE EH e e eek tr Por REEE PAESE HERES EN Re aiia 126 Table 44 Edit Address Mapping RUIS saccissccisenusscc tete b erhebt re Spb a2 2is Pc3d YES tech CERE E EP LaxIS SUED Geek TURPE Aber perta 127 Table d3 NeDNOIK EAT SIMON marrianae E EEAS aAa E LEE DUBEU LARA d RYE MR Eo dba KAADAA 128 Table 44 SIP Gall Frogs scion mec 130 Tablet Coston Temes DAE uitusodettdennidy dtd eto pe Lb oa o REL d odd bait Pda 133 Table d6 SIP gt SIP ONES tunia a edad aai eda aaa L vende lds onan puET iode 136 Table 49 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced ausis ee rra etur ra ta quet E Phe Esai abpr P Pree Sa bbLH2R RE btdd 138 TPR SU urls c T nee 141 Table 21 Phone Analog P HODIE asiqaistodiges EP I Ia been qo E PER IRR ERAN DOE REDI N 142 Table 52 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced iium siti denn ckbb emus insine tb aiana akn a 143 Tale 33 PREMO ID SION iot co pria etr epe epa ER E pe DR a cd dd pur st urere a eb Era Dad ebd ut V Oda 144 Table 54 European Flash Key Commands sisustehpseevan ooo EMERbr bv uaa bebe ep ax REPE xv N 145 Table 95 USA Flash Key Commande 1aakexedissisapreddesh tone 3d E ERERCHSME HERE LER FERIA HAS EC FS a p s alt 147 Table GG VolP gt Phone gt Regon snoeien b pGpA DIM EERPA UblrE La pA N LER P Maus REEE Fe EN REEL EIAS ER PATI E Lila ei add 148 Table 5 7 Phone Book Speed Dial 5 arbori eU nininini ovk Ica NEUE Lt DEP e a ESSE Fee ET SVLd na 149 Ta
207. The SPI Security Parameter Index along with a destination IP address uniquely identify a particular Security Association SA The SPI is transmitted from the remote VPN gateway to the local VPN gateway The local VPN gateway then uses the network encryption and key values that the administrator associated with the SPI to establish the tunnel Current ZyXEL implementation assumes identical outgoing and incoming SPIs P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens 14 15 Configuring Manual Key You only configure VPN manual key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN Setup Edit screen This is the VPN Setup Manual Key screen as shown next Figure 113 VPN Setup Manual Key IPSec Setup Active Name 2488393585 IPSec Key Mode Manual 7 SPI o Encapsulation Mode Transport 7 DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Ranae 7 IP Address Start l End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type Ranae IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information My IP Address i 1 Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol IPSec Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Encapsulation Key Authentication Algorithm sua Authentication Key Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 79 VPN Setup Manual Key LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activat
208. Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the
209. Type field in the VPN Setup Editscreen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This field Gateway IP displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN IKE screen to 0 0 0 0 Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the Remove icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Apply Click this to save your changes and apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this return your settings to their last saved values 14 6 Keep Alive When you initiate an IPSec tunnel with keep alive enabled the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the tunnel when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires see Section 14 12 on page 198 for more on the IPSec SA lifetime In effect the IPSec tunnel becomes an always
210. WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy 331 WEP encryption 108 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index Wi Fi Protected Access WPA 331 wireless LAN MAC address filtering 331 WLAN interference 365 security parameters 371 Z ZyNOS 304 ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System 304 ZyNOS F W version 304 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 417 Index P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide
211. Warning Messages sssee mee 260 19314 Loir SOEGBEI Sabe di irr ROM E dar EE E E eee eee 261 oor m T 263 ok pes s INS UN PEERS a pales Sanaa Nand 263 19 7 COMNQUIING m 264 QUI S 265 155 1 Supponed MIBS sir pr ERE EAEEER EE Fr FREE Qut rPe A 266 1902 SNMP MADS PEE 267 19 0 3 ER Peru eec api a a i i e 267 T COTAL DONS aaa aa T rere meetr Tr crer creer 268 TO StU OMP ara 269 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPMP Yi sss ca caida sts send sntstdasansnan ine cpaading scedicesennasdtaasduassdncdtlacnsseneas 271 20 1 introducing Universal Plug and Flay axicedexiresebteeri eb ede baee qd eo bula ec kk eere de Erb PH EEAR REUS 211 20 1 1 How do I Know if lim Using BRE 1 2iicciaaucccsci eet eta rii soustesssacastecunts darti doter E Eos 271 20 1 2 AL ASAE accisiceiaserdeiestbe E bti MEO pad Cis E eei xx Eva dur E UR 271 201 Canons DIRE attt IU EI af 1 pal ciciy Reis lS 272 20 21 Conigunng UPAP re TN 272 20 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example ssssisriisisiississiirssinisnsisriransiienarnsi n 273 20 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example ize rre ette E Rh S nni 276 Part IV Maintenance Troubleshooting and Specifications 283 Chapter 21 SES rectal erates dd RURAL tats hana A E ROM HA Hs hagas da T T T E E 285 21 1 General Setup and System Name useeeiseea cei sena nna neta aa nua n s
212. XEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 18 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 18 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 18 2 on page 251 for configuration instruction 18 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 18 1 on page 251 for more information P 2802H W L I Series User s
213. YSJ8JGm PeOCAwEAAaNNMESwDgYD VROPAQEABAQDAGKKMCUGA1UGEQQeMByBGjAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMUBhdZXRvLmdlbis5 j ZXJOMBIGA1UdEvEBAAQIMAYBAfSCAQEwDQYJKOZIhvcNAQEFBQADQOBcmgug f5dHQ jLkoBBkhlmfeQOB5i11d08w2 I3gsufnomEUHbMye6XDKi1LV6wI3FkkLb5isJuhT of zpelYiypo6 Back Export Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 87 My Certificate Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use this certificate to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device This check box is only available with self signed certificates If this check box is already selected you cannot clear it in this screen you must select this check box in another self signed certificate s details screen This automatically clears the check box in the details screen of the certificate that was previously set to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the hierarchy of certification authoriti
214. a EZ Ert AE m T MT 391 Table 175 Menu z1 1 Filet SOLE ouisseiveoiudiiniie v UHR AXQUEEIM EE FERRE C ERN ined aioe 394 Table 176 Moriu Z3 System MORS Jean sien do o Ln D dendo o D a dol un o 398 Table 177 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control esent nnn nan nnnaa 400 Table 176 Command Lu 400 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 34 List of Tables 32 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide PART I Introduction Introducing the ZyXEL Device 35 Introducing the Web Configurator 43 Introducing the ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main applications and features of the ZyXEL Device It also introduces the ways you can manage the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview The P 2802HW L series are Integrated Access Devices IADs that combine a VDSL2 router with Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities to allow you to use a traditional analog telephone to make Internet calls VDSL2 is the second generation of the VDSL Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line which is currently denoted VDSL1 standard The following table shows you the main differences between VDSL1 and VDSL2 Table 1 VDSL Standards FEATURE MAX SRE GIRUM STANDARD BANDWIDTH MAX DATA RATE Pee r A VDSL1 12 MHz Upstream 12 Mbit s No Downstream 52 Mbit s at about 300 meters 1000 ft VDSL2 30 MHz Upstream 100 Mbit s Yes Downstream 100 Mbit s using a bandwidth up to 30 MHz
215. a preamble type from the drop down list menu Choices are Long Short or Dynamic The default setting is Long See the appendix for more information 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 119 compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 8 5 OTIST Screen Use this screen to set up and start OTIST on the ZyXEL Device in your wireless network To open this screen click Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST Figure 55 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST OTIST Setup Key OTIST M Yes Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience Start P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type a key password 8 A
216. address Select UserDefined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose UserDefined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to UserDefined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DHCP sever on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh
217. address In this case only the remote secure gateway can initiate SAs This may be useful for telecommuters initiating a VPN tunnel to the company network seeSection 14 18 on page 207for configuration examples The Secure Gateway IP Address may be configured as 0 0 0 0 only when using IKE key management and not Manual key management 14 5 VPN Setup Screen The following figure helps explain the main fields in the web configurator Figure 106 IPSec Summary Fields Local Network Remote i IPSec Routet Remote Network EI d re m 1 p VPN Tunnel m i t Local IP Address j V zd RemotelPAddress My IP Address Secure Gateway IP Address Local and remote IP addresses must be static Click Security gt VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Figure 107 VPN Setup Summary m m m o 00 2900 amp U0N N e om om om Bm m M x Quo c WO Ok WN Po Jactius ame toci adarere remote asarere encan aineis leceo ertean mosir e in MASA 1 SP S3 cT d V Uy d UG GM GOGH Up CH CH GOGH UR CQ C C UD UH A UH Eb B B Eb Eb ED E E EP E E E E E ED ED B E Eb E Apply Cancel
218. affic may not go through the ZyXEL Device This is called an asymmetrical or triangle route This causes the ZyXEL Device to reset the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device permit the use of asymmetrical route topology on the network not reset the connection Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to the LAN without passing through the ZyXEL Device A better solution is to use IP alias to put the ZyXEL Device and the backup gateway on separate subnets See Section 11 4 1 on page 158 for an example Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP de
219. ain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name_ Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 56 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 15 Internet Connection with Ethernet STEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration n IP Address Aut tically if your I static IP Add nd type the ssigns you 4 dynamic IP add gt information your ISP gay ss DHCP S Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP address First DNS Server Second DNS Server The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Internet Connection with Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Automatically Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gave you an IP address to use Address IP Address Enter your ISP assign
220. all Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall gt Threshold to bring up the next screen Figure 99 Firewall Threshold Threshold Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low seo e Sessions per Minute One Minute High Roo Sessions per Minute Maximum Incomplete Low so Sessions Maximum Incomplete High Roo Sessions TCP Maximum Incomplete Ro Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for fi J Minutes 1 255 Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 65 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION Denial of Service The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open Thresholds sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attem
221. all fallback allows you to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically use the PSTN connection for outgoing calls if the SIP account is not working or to use the SIP account for outgoing calls if the PSTN port is unplugged or not working Call Park and Call park and pickup lets you put a call on hold park and then continue the call Pickup pickup You can continue the call on the same phone or another phone connected to the ZyXEL Device The caller must still pay while the call is parked When you park the call you enter a number of your choice up to eight digits which you must enter again when you pick up the call If you do not enter the correct number you cannot pickup the call This means that only someone who knows the number you have chosen can pick up the call You can have more than one call on hold at the same time but you must give each call a different number Country Code Phone standards and settings differ from one country to another so the settings on your ZyXEL Device must be configured to match those of the country you are in The country code feature allows you to do this by selecting the country from a list rather than changing each setting manually Configure the country code feature when you move the ZyXEL Device from one country to another Auto Dial You can set the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial a specified number immediately whenever you lift a phone off the hook Use the Web Configurator to set the sp
222. alled digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs A certificate contains the certificate owner s identity and public key Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication A Certification Authority CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities You can use the ZyXEL Device to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority In public key encryption and decryption each host has two keys One key is public and can be made openly available the other key is private and must be kept secure Public key encryption in general works as follows 1 Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny Tim generates a public key pair What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny Jenny receives the message and uses Tim s public key to decrypt it a kk WS DN Additionally Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny s public key to decrypt the message The ZyXEL Device uses certificates based on public key cryptology to authenticate users attemptin
223. ally calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By def
224. alog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Analog Phone This field displays the analog phone port you see in this screen Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it sends to the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 52 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Listening Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it receives from the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Echo Cancellation Active G 168 Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Select Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly you dial phone numbers If you select Active Immediate Dial in VoIP Phone Common you can press the pound key 7 to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately regardless of this setting Active VAD Select this if the ZyXEL Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking This reduces the bandwidth the ZyXEL Device uses Back Click this to return to the Analog Phone screen without saving your change
225. an set the ZyXEL Device to forward calls to a specified number either unconditionally always when your number is busy or when you do not answer You can also forward incoming calls from one specified number to another Caller ID The ZyXEL Device supports caller ID which allows you to see the originating number of an incoming call on a phone with a suitable display REN A Ringer Equivalence Number REN is used to determine the number of devices like telephones or fax machines that may be connected to the telephone line Your device has a REN of three so it can support three devices per telephone port Dynamic Jitter Buffer The built in adaptive buffer helps to smooth out the variations in delay jitter for voice traffic This helps ensure good voice quality for your conversations Multiple SIP You can simultaneously use multiple voice SIP accounts and assign them to Accounts one or both telephone ports Multiple Voice Your device can simultaneously handle multiple voice channels telephone Channels calls Additionally you can answer an incoming phone call on a VoIP account even while someone else is using the account for a phone call Voice Activity Voice Activity Detection VAD reduces the bandwidth that a call uses by not Detection Silence Suppression transmitting when you are not speaking Comfort Noise Generation Your device generates background noise to fill moments of silence when the
226. anage traffic on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service HTTP or FTP traffic for example from a computer on a network LAN or WAN for example can access the ZyXEL Device Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications Table 147 Firmware Specifications continued Firewall Your device has a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs IPSec VPN Capability Establish a Virtual Private Network VPN to connect with business partners and branch offices using data encryption and the Internet to provide secure communications without the expense of leased site to site lines The ZyXEL Device VPN is based on the IPSec standard and is interoperable with other IPSec based VPN products The ZyXEL Device supports up to two si
227. and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1301 1308 followed by the key to delete the tone of your choice Press 14 followed by the key if you wish to clear all your custom tones You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 10 3 Quality of Service QoS Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to provide bandwidth for real time multimedia applications 10 3 1 Type of Service ToS Network traffic can be classified by setting the ToS Type of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of delivery that is the least cost fastest route and so on 10 3 2 DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where
228. at the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use Do the following to delete a certificate that shows SELF in the Type field 1 Make sure that no other features such as HTTPS VPN SSH are configured to use the SELF certificate 2 Click the Edit icon next to another self signed certificate see the description on the Create button if you need to create a self signed certificate 3 Select the Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates check box 4 Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen 5 The certificate that originally showed SELF displays SELF and you can delete it now Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyXEL Device generate a certificate or a certification request Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the Z
229. ating system as a trusted certificate To have the browser trust the certificates issued by a certificate authority import the certificate authority s certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate Refer to Appendix K on page 791 for details The actual IP address of the HTTPS server the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s port that you are trying to access does not match the common name specified in the ZyXEL Device s HTTPS server certificate that your browser received Do the following to check the common name specified in the certificate that your ZyXEL Device sends to HTTPS clients 2a Click Remote MGMT Write down the name of the certificate displayed in the Server Host Key field 2b Click Certificates Find the certificate and check its Subject column CN stands for certificate s common name see Figure 154 on page 263 for an example Use this procedure to have the ZyXEL Device use a certificate with a common name that matches the ZyXEL Device s actual IP address You cannot use this procedure if you need to access the WAN port and it uses a dynamically assigned IP address 2a Create a new certificate for the ZyXEL Device that uses the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s port that you are trying to access as the certificate s common name For example to use HTTPS to access a LAN port with IP address 192 168 1 1 create a certificate that uses 192 168 1 1 as the common name 2b Go to the remote management WWW screen and
230. ation Example sss 193 ye T YPN SeU Ed Met UU m T MUN 194 Table 78 Advanced VPNISE 12ideuaussi ee pria t RN a ERERmOMETU EREMO a 200 Tablo 79 VPN Saup Manual Key sss tos Ain p E aded don e et Dod ao ae c a d A o e d 203 Table 20 YPN SA MONIOF ates ata zara hile d e odebis end aia ida qua Fo ctu o fap de a Di CR oes 206 Table 61 YPN Global Seting 207 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Tables Table 82 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eeeeeeeseieeeeee enean 208 Table 83 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ssssssssseseeeeenee 209 Table 64 My Certiicates 213 Tabie gS My Cerin Gale IMPO sena EE 215 Tabie 80 Ny Cornia Croat e 216 Tae OF My Cer icate Details ecce eeh 220 TOG OG MUSI CAS ve er EE NES ASANA 222 Table oe Trtisied Mei de 223 jv MIR a 225 Table 91 Trusted Remote Nar ac Sapte Spl oa Siping ind aa aaa Cibo ab RU de 227 Table 97 usted Remote Host Impor 2c eerie iee p ebur s bk o rectae SE aranana Sae t UNE REPE OOE EN 229 Table 93 Trusted Remote Host Detalle 1 rrt t rrr tg rt it nds Sr nonet ga ES HER nde 230 Tape Mel Ec ES 20 TR ERO LUSTOEe B 232 Table OS Directoy Server Add and EGIE uisnoscesepecio uiid ID FEX ed a EpL ba ek innii ie stu t PR Ni ARE TEUER FR QUE 23
231. ation to client device C P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 131 Chapter 10 Voice Figure 73 SIP Redirect Server K T NONO Ao A x A M C 10 2 3 4 SIP Register Server A SIP register server maintains a database of SIP identity to IP address or domain name mapping The register server checks your user name and password when you register 10 2 4 RTP When you make a VoIP call using SIP the RTP Real time Transport Protocol is used to handle voice data transfer See RFC 1889 for details on RTP 10 2 5 Pulse Code Modulation Pulse Code Modulation PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into bits 10 2 6 Voice Coding A codec coder decoder codes analog voice signals into digital signals and decodes the digital signals back into analog voice signals The ZyXEL Device supports the following codecs e G711 is a Pulse Code Modulation PCM waveform codec PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into digital samples G 711 provides very good sound quality but requires 64 kbps of bandwidth e G 7261s an Adaptive Differential PCM ADPCM waveform codec that uses a lower bitrate than standard PCM conversion ADPCM converts analog audio into digital signals based on the difference between each audio sample and a prediction based on previous samples The more similar the audio sample is to the prediction the le
232. ault RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks This chapter applies to the W models only 8 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 48 Example of a Wireless Network a LI 1 Li p Li LI 1 4 s X aum ua CE 4 A Nae w B P J td Say a M mmm mm The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a s
233. ault and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Remote Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Phase 1 Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or AES from the drop down list box When you use one
234. authority or generate a certification request Figure 121 My Certificate Create Certificates My Certificates Create Enrollment Options CA Certificate Key Certificate Name SY Subject Information Common Name Host IP Address fe s C Host Domain Name C E Mail Organizational Unit E EJ Organization liz Country 17 Key Length 1024 v bits Create a self signed certificate C Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment C Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Enrollment Protocol CA Server Address Request Authentication Y l see Trusted CAs Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 86 My Certificate Create LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters not including spaces to identify this certificate Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate You do not have to fill in every field although the Common Name is mandatory The certification authority may add fields such as a serial number to the subject information when it issues a certificate It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate s
235. ays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 128 entries in this table After you click Apply the MAC address and IP address also display in the LAN Static DHCP screen where you can edit them Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 7 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway fo
236. base External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS OTIST ZyXEL s One Touch Intelligent Security Technology IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b radio card can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 150 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications BS Your device may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and other wireless LANs Standards Supported The following list which is not exhaustive illustrates the standards supported in the ZyXEL Device Table 151 Standards Supported STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 867 Daytime Protocol RFC 868 Time Protocol RFC 1058 RIP 1 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1112 IGMP v1 RFC 1157 SN
237. begin configuring this screen afresh 9 6 Address Mapping BES The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT gt General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored To change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 125 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 68 Address Mapping Rules Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules n Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type Modify 1 3 5 T R O N A N A A E E E E E E Eb E E E The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 43 Address Mapping Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the startin
238. ble 28 Phone Book gt Incoming Gall Polley 1uiniatioapn d ERRARE iiaii oda taa dana Abd ed a 151 Table 59 PSTN Line QepbEal sssaaa ERE EMO E REN EpE NE EI n ER adam IIIa ER E TRU MS PEIUS 153 Tobie 60 Firewall General M Y 161 Tape GT FEVAL RUES arseen oa a a a aS E AAA aA AS EE AA Ga noe views 162 Table Be Firewalls ESICISBIG resnnninnosn EE EAA 164 Tapio D I Eos ES se ies css see sd py cease andy penta aaa a aaa 166 Table 64 Firewall Configure Customized Services c cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeceeeeeeeesseeennsansuaeeneeees 167 Table G9 Firewall Threshok e 173 Tablo 05 Content FU POE aciesiiiste bend RECIEN RERUMS RERUMS MERCIER ERT 176 Table 57 Content Filler Schedule uusssoscse b RENE TD rbrE oi er RH ERE ENDO MEAN ERR I D ERR a 177 Table 68 Content Filter TSIS uiocsaiere bai eb ntn des ka deb hei arii asit do ER TELE EE otiia rakini e d t in 177 Table DE VENE NAT siridir e a 183 Table O AR and ESP sessione a E 186 CHI Ta bc D arisin A NEA A A 188 TAOS ES VPNHADO BENE arianiootd EARO EAS E EEAS a OEA AEE aae ER 190 Table 73 Local ID Type and Content Fields cic ccccssccticcsstscricdatsseeedaesetendenssieandaieierdens sanedenstaenbedevenns 192 Table 74 Peer ID Type and Content Plelds 2o err dB ete EE i aa a mules eases eS 192 Table 75 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example see 192 Table 76 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configur
239. bled When NAT is enabled remote users are not able to access hosts on the LAN unless the host is designated a public LAN server for that specific protocol Since the VPN tunnel terminates inside the LAN remote users will be able to access all computers that use private IP addresses on the LAN Unsupported IP Applications A VPN tunnel may be created to add support for unsupported emerging IP applications 13 2 IPSec Architecture The overall IPSec architecture is shown as follows P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSec Figure 104 IPSec Architecture IPSec Algorithms AH Protocol RFC 2402 Authentication Algorithm ESP Protocol RFC 2406 ncryption Igorithm HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 E A 13 2 1 IPSec Algorithms The ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol RFC 2406 and AH Authentication Header protocol RFC 2402 describe the packet formats and the default standards for packet structure including implementation algorithms The Encryption Algorithm describes the use of encryption techniques such as DES Data Encryption Standard and Triple DES algorithms The Authentication Algorithms HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 and HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 provide an authentication mechanism for the AH and ESP protocols Please seeSection 14 2 on page 185for more information 13 2 2 Key Management Key management allows you to determ
240. bsites that This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the contain these keywords in the URL ZyXEL Device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 12 3 Configuring the Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 101 Content Filter Schedule ovo iad Schedule I Block Everyday Iv Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday pH A 0 ho min o hefo min O 0 h0 min o ho min a o ndo min o ndo min r 0 ndo min fo ndo min m o hdo min 0 hea min Oo 0 ho min o ho min a 0 hO min 0 hdo min Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Ser
241. cal IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Mapping Only available when Type is set to Server Set Select a number from the drop down menu to choose a port forwarding set Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a port forwarding set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 9 6 2 SIP ALG Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass thr ough NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address You do not need to use STUN or an outb
242. ce address destination address source port number destination port number or incoming interface For example you can configure a classifier to select traffic from the same protocol port such as Telnet to form a flow P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Click Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup to open the following screen Figure 137 QoS Class Setup o ae Class Setup Create a new Class No Active Name Interface Priority Filter Content Modify 1 Iv Default From LAN 3 None 7 g 2 Vv test From WLAN 4 Service FTP x Bg fj Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 101 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Create a new Class Click Add to create a new classifier No This field displays the index number of the classifier Active Select the check box to enable this classifier Name This is the name of the classifier Interface This shows the interface from which traffic of this classifier should come Priority This is the priority assigned to traffic of this classifier Filter Content This shows criteria specified in this classifier Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the classifier Click the Remove icon to delete an existing classifier Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Canc
243. ce does not have power you can make regular calls without dialing a prefix number lt gt When the ZyXEL Device does not have power the phone s connected to the PHONE port s can still be used for making PSTN calls Only one phone can be in use at a time You can also use the PSTN Line screen to specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like those for contacting police fire or emergency medical services 10 16 PSTN Line Screen L models only Use this screen to set up the PSTN line you use to make regular phone calls To access this screen click VoIP gt PSTN Line gt General Figure 84 PSTN Line gt General Call through PSTN Line PSTN Line Pre fix Number 0000 Relay to PSTN Line 2 3 4 5 el S as 8 9 Apply Cancel 152 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 59 PSTN Line gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Line Pre fix Enter a prefix one to seven numbers you dial before you dial the phone number Number if you want to make a regular phone call while one of your SIP accounts is registered These numbers tell the ZyXEL Device that you want to make a regular phone call Relay to PSTN Enter phone numbers for regular calls not VoIP calls that you want to dia
244. ce that you want to allocate using Managed QoS Bandwidth The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 100000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 100 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed This will cause the ZyXEL Device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth Traffic These fields are ignored if traffic matches a class you configured in the Class Setup priority will Screen be If you select ON and traffic does not match a class configured in the Class Setup automatically screen the ZyXEL Device assigns priority to unmatched traffic based on the IEEE assigned by 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length See Section 17 1 4 on page 241 for more information If you select OFF traffic which does not match a class is mapped to queue two Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 3 Class Setup Use this screen to add edit or delete classifiers A classifier groups traffic into data flows according to specific criteria such as the sour
245. ces Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website See Appendix E on page 373 for some examples Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Figure 91 Firewall Customized Services E ko oo io Ken H deo eo dee Customized Services SS EMITE Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 63 Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to the Firewall Customized Services Config screen to configure or edit a customized service Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return to the Firewall Edit Rule screen 11 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 92 Firewall Configure Customized Servic
246. ck Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 6 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 11 5 on page 160 for more information In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 90 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit z Source Address Address Typel Any Address Start IP ooo Any Adde 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP noo TI Address ONU zii Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Source Address List Delete Destination Address Address Type Any Address Start IP oss Any Address UNS Add gt gt End IP boss Address LOUT Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 pelete Service Destination Address List Available Services Selected Services Add gt gt AIMINEAW ICG TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 Remove BGP TCP 178 Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply M Everyday V sun V Mon IV Tue V wed IV Thu IV rri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M All day Staro hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 62 Firewall Edit R
247. ckets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN e WAN to WAN Router The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router These rules specify which computers on the LAN can manage the ZyXEL Device remote management and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface IP alias You can also configure the remote management settings to allow only a specific computer to manage the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls LAN to WAN These rules specify which computers on the LAN can access which computers or services on the WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN These rules specify which computers on the WAN can access which computers or services on the LAN You also need to configure NAT port forwarding or full featured NAT address mapping rules to allow computers on the WAN to access devices on the LAN WAN to WAN Router By default the ZyXEL Device stops computers on the WAN from managing the ZyXEL Device or using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN You could configure one of these rules to allow a WAN computer to manage the ZyXEL Device You also need to
248. col HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP MULTICAST User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IMAP4 TCP 143 The Internet Message Access Protocol is used for e mail IMAP4S TCP 993 This is a more secure version of IMAP4 that runs over SSL IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 The Network Basic Input Output System is TCP UDP 138 used for communication between TCP UDP 139 computers in a LAN TCP UDP 445 NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is r
249. companyhq com Telecommuter A telecommutera dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuter1 com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Address 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens 14 19 VPN and Remote Management If a VPN tunnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote Management to allow access for that service P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Certificates This chapter gives background information about public key certificates and explains how to use them 15 1 Certificates Overview The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also c
250. connection status Figure 173 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status ro General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer 9 y Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 279 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 174 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back 7 27 po Search li Folders Ez Address e Network Connections Network Tasks Internet Connection Disabled 2 Set up a home or small C m Internet Connection office network 5 Create a new connection LAN or High Speed Internet See Also Local Area Connection JJ Network Troubleshooter Enabled EL mm Accton EN1207D Tx PCI Fast Other Places J Control Panel My Network Places i My Documents E My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4
251. create a certificate using your P 2000 s MAC address that will be specific to this device Replace Factory Default Certificate Replace My Certificate Setting Type subject issuer Valid From valid To Modify CN P2802HL I1 CN P2802HL I1 2000 Jan ist 2030 Jan ist 1 auto_generated_self_signed_cert SELF Factory Default Factory Default 00 00 00 00 00 00 g Tj Certificate Certificate GMT GMT Create Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 84 My Certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Replace This button displays when the ZyXEL Device has the factory default certificate The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL Devices that use certificates ZyXEL recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name Type This field displays what kind of
252. cters to convert a binary PKCS 7 certificate into a printable form Figure 120 My Certificate Import Certificates MY Certificates Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats a Binary X 509 a PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 a Binary PKCS 7 a PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 For my certificate importation to be successful a certification request corresponding to the imported certificate must already exist on Prestige After the importation the certification request will automatically be deleted File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to clear your settings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 215 Chapter 15 Certificates 15 6 My Certificate Create Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create to open the My Certificate Create screen Use this screen to have the ZyXEL Device create a self signed certificate enroll a certificate with a certification
253. curity settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed LES If you want your device to respond to pings and requests for unauthorized services you may also need to configure the firewall anti probing settings to match P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration 270 Figure 161 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on Do not respond LAN amp WAN to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 111 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping on The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is selected Select LAN
254. d Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system in this field New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 21 System 21 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 178 System Time Setting Current Time Current Time 00 48 15 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup amp Manual New Time hh mm ss o ae 53 New Date yyyy mm dd 2000 yh R C Get from Time Server Time Protocol Time Server Address Time Zone Setup Time Zone ewm Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London 7 I Daylight Savings Start Date zj su z of a 2000 01 02 at p o clock End Date z s z of Z 2000 01 02 at E o clock Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 114 System Time Setting LAB
255. d ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 70 ALUA 0 b2 1 04 16 2007 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 140 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools Figure 183 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 184 Network Temporarily Disconnected a Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged
256. d access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 131 on page 299 Table 123 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt code Sd gt Firewall default policy lt Packet Direction gt ICMP type d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting lt type d gt Firewall rule NOT lt Packet Direction gt lt code d gt match rule d ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule ICMP ICMP Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets ICMP or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 124 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel sd call d Ss C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is
257. d host names IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN W models authentication security settings oni y OTIST Use this screen to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to specific wireless clients or exclude specific wireless clients from accessing the ZyXEL Device NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside world Address Use this screen to configure network address translation mapping rules Mapping ALG Use this screen to enable or disable SIP ALG VoIP SIP SIP Settings Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Voice over IP settings QoS Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Quality of Service settings for VoIP Phone Analog Phone Use this screen to set which phone ports use which SIP accounts Common Use this screen to configure general phone port settings Region Use this screen to select your location and call service mode Phone Book Speed Dial Use this screen to configure speed dial for SIP phone numbers that you call often Incoming Call Use this screen to configure call forwarding Policy PSTN Line General Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for PSTN calls L models only
258. date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues Certificate Revocation Lists for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the Issues certificate revocation lists CRL check box in the certificate s details screen to have the ZyXEL Device check the CRL before trusting any certificates issued by the certification authority Otherwise the field displays No 222 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 88 Trusted CAs continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificates Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates 15 9 Trusted CA Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen Fol
259. ddress 210203005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210203006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210203007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210203008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210203009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210203010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210203011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210203013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210203014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 4 Filter set 2 rule 4 FI F PVA INPUT 210204001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210204002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Ye 1 210204003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210204004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210204006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filer Set Z2 continued next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210204007 IP Filter Set
260. ddress filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 166 Wireless Security Relational Matrix AUTHENTICATION METHOD KEY ENCRYFTIO ENTER key ENABLE IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Open None No No Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 371 Appendix D Wireless LANs Table 166 Wireless Security Relational Matrix continued METHOD KEY EMG HOD MANURLKEY ENABLE IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA WEP No Yes WPA TKIP No Yes WPA PSK WEP Yes Yes WPA PSK TKIP Yes Yes 372 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number Port s This value depends on the Protocol Ifthe Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number Ifthe Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol
261. dit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Service Available Services Selected Services Any All MyService TCP UDP 123 On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 97 Firewall Example Rules MyService Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 0 Packet Direction Create a new rule after rule number fi 7 1 WV Apply 100 wan to LAN X Add DTTZUNTTTINNNUTNNNCIS NEST Any 100 010 10 0 0415 x MyService TCPIUDP 123 7 Permit No No B WP bN Cancel 11 8 Firewall Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to start dropping sessions that do not become fully established half open sessions These thresholds apply globally to all sessions For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a conn
262. drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 79 VPN Setup Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the cu
263. e P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 7 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 7 2 DNS Server Addresses DNS Domain Name System maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen Some ISPs ch
264. e Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs 22 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 22 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 22 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 22 3 on page 290 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Figure 179 View Log View Logs Display A tess x Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log Time Me
265. e 156 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ALTERNATIVE LAST OCTET LAST OCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 156 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued sumerweek AURA T ARGS SERRE 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 2 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 224 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting QUE EB M i i I I mi a Y 1 Internet t JU H Ol I li I li I lil I 0 I li y 192 168 1 0 24 a a LE E Amo m um um m um Um Um Em Em um um You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into
266. e LAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the WLAN interface it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the DSL interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate or N A when the DSL port is disabled For the WLAN interface it displays the maximum transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Client List Click this link to view current DHCP client information See Section 7 6 on page 97 AnyIP Table Click this link to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Section 5 2 on page 76 WLAN Status Click this link to display the MAC address es of the wireless stations that are currently associating with the ZyXEL Device See Section 5 3 on page 77 VPN Status Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s current VPN connections See Section P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 14 16 on page 205 Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 15 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Packet Click this link to view port status and packet specific statistics See Section 5 4 on Statistics page 77 VoIP Statistics Click this link to view statistics about yo
267. e Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless stations or between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless station A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs ESS Figure 227 Basic Service Set An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless stations within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Figure 228 Infrastructure WLAN Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by IEEE 802 11a b g wireless devices Channels available depend on your geographical a
268. e T4 oys TMe Og a 287 OGTR VON LOD aisat roA Fb odd d S ENEE EEA 290 Table 116 Log up srscdseccessssterctscntadueecasendunieessnnedusdcesseucseescrgsduceaasssductsaanndadueyaandaduys tanceadetanadadeyy ganda 291 Table TI SMEIE Emor Wess db isti dac aet oon dh a b dti ba d du hag dde 293 Table T19 ysiein Maintenant Logs auestusiesestepefenn te FUORI HE FERPEEE NN REESPE RN 294 Tape TIo System Emor LOGS e eatoni aa e E AE a E 295 Tapo 120 sero CONTO LOOS EM S 295 POETI TOP E dior t ET 295 Tube Tee Packet Filer LOSS iinsexneideniyni m nid dtes G dti Coni ds ote Uo dpa der d 296 Tahe T o ties oc REM en emer e TREN 296 Era Hp CDR LOOS e 296 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Tables jr R lo 297 Ue cara a a AM T 297 Table 127 Content Filtering LOGS 1c eeiidaccieeneddirth rd tdao in N d auk ve d adipisa 297 TOO 128 ALIE DUBIE acpedidxasdespid dU nectit p a GO CU REO dE d ORO Ro der a reU Ro d t uad Dot 297 Table 120 902 1X LOGS iudaaasen kr PHP ER EHE SEDET RR S RER a 298 Table 130 ACL Setting NOIGS M 299 HI A T TP ee chants circa RR DRE 299 TOET e ey slog 00S uussurinodediteiupieituns xe ed per EOS FEDERER eae ee FREU DARE RUIN 300 TT irc T mc 300 TOOT EREL S ouest toute pdubetcon due ment errr ae a reer 301 Table 135 FSM Logs Caller Ste e 301 Tabe TG FSM Logs Callee SIde 1 uenseatse rtr ISSE EHI LE
269. e ZyXEL Device has to be a member of a VLAN to communicate with the SIP server Ask your network administrator if you are not sure Enter the VLAN ID provided by your network administrator in the field on the right Your LAN and gateway must be configured to use VLAN tags Otherwise clear this field Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 7 Phone You can configure the volume echo cancellation and VAD settings for each individual phone port on the ZyXEL Device You can also select which SIP account to use for making outgoing calls 10 7 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD detects whether or not speech is present This lets the ZyXEL Device reduce the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting silent packets when you are not speaking P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 7 2 Comfort Noise Generation When using VAD the ZyXEL Device generates comfort noise when the other party is not speaking The comfort noise lets you know that the line is still connected as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection 10 7 3 Echo Cancellation G 168 1s an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk 10 8 Analog Phone Screen Us
270. e aped dug Sai 108 Figure 53 Wireless a HET 109 Figure 54 Wireless LSN AUVSOBU inistantbuu edeibidbdi aide petertebv decer ote ad an bula N bulle goa dS 110 Figure 55 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIS T iussssesretesi so prtt HR rrt HISHSRPPPEGSSS REPRE IM ERE RIA IS RPRME KS BE REM ASA AA 111 Figure 56 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen esessn n are thaa kn netta ku t En a a xu stad 112 Figure 57 OTIS T SelingS Ree SR 113 Figure 58 OTIST In Progress on the ZyXEL Devic 5 3 3 pexieon anion d bdo Moe ain d dade de 113 Figure 59 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device ucc durer ae ER appo Yd eer EREN Hd FREE Dre de Ee EPI Yea EBEN qH 113 Figure GO bec peel icd 113 Fi ure 61 MAC Address Fiter e TT 114 Figure 92 How NAT VOIKS irn A ENNE 118 Figure NAT Application VI TP ATIS uso s Eie e op onia aan Carb o D eRe 119 Figure 64 NAT Genaral cats aed tect m T 121 Figure 65 Multiple Servers Behind NAT EXaTIBIG 255i terror tto ane te eso aen EUR vua sta ME covsainincuessaaourestec 123 Figure GG Port FOrv PEDIS oasis ideato artt a Git Kate o Kd tL EROR PUES UE t SHHO SE asnseRanadea ANION 123 Figure 07 For Forwarding Rule Seb asscepntunecciqdumboidedperr aped ute EI OIM VE REP M a 124 Figure 68 Address Mapping RULES qu M 126 Figure 69 Edit Address Mapping Rule uus diese cas ein pk ph ER ci saad nanan eae ER ERU EA dana va 127 ieee meg Nemak gt NAT AU
271. e ca Bo choo iki qe EU E 252 Figure 146 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN sse 255 Figure 147 HTTPS i uc TU UU TL UT 257 Figure 149 Remote Management WWW o Pt 258 Figure 149 Security Alert Dialog Box Internet Explorer cs cccccesessscceeessseceeeeenseseecerenssaneeeeetaees 259 Figure 150 Security Certificate 1 Netscape eeeeeseseeennnn an than nna nhhnn ha ku tha ka eu ERR A a 4X A noa 44 260 Figure 151 Security Certificate 2 Notecapa 22a pter Erb ttrk pha ru EE Pb R2 VueEbbba d sau EEbPPAPRRRRR UR Mad dS EE bRdA 260 Figure 152 Example Lock Denoting a Secure Connection cccccesseccccessseneceesesseceeeenssacsecerensanes 262 z To repce CENE IE Movet 262 Figure 154 Device specific CO IGBEG 22 aad t rtasbvit cta o re prb b abore anank Ai aE Oid aaia a 263 Figure 155 Common ZyXEL Device Certificate eeeeseee esses eeeie nenne anui tnnt a ka ntn h a d aaa ot aAA 263 Figure 155 Remote Management Telnet iuuusesesiuuee in sim eiut i Rd ee bRpp hoe br edet EH ee t eRM eU RM M RREREE OE 264 Figure 157 Remolie Management FTP 15555 tcx irati rab Lk FR EY KR ER SS Kg ab a s te 265 Figure 158 SNMP Management Model 1525 cca cater en eaa mte ERR CL RR Cia a Cond ed p Con E de 266 Figure 158 Remote Management SNMP uic cisci tiere etre oue apaina kk oret d errat dir bte kv ida Eae 267 Figure 160 Remote Management DNS 1 mieten o e RS RO RR dd 269 Figure 161 Rem
272. e dines Ropa a aar osa anna Rea na 357 WANS TST BODE c 359 UOTE TG CBOE dT 360 TAD 159 SUBNET 2 e 360 TS DENIC MTSE qe m 360 Qo x ouo Suite sie easecdiasarte adele ahantennnieastrinieninn ened iene anes 360 Table 162 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning eeeesiieceee sees ineee eene ten tnra 361 Table 163 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning eeaeessieieeeeeseenr eene nn nhanh naa 361 Table 104 IEEE DELE Tg sdsusbekesd brc eurE N YF FACE puU Free dubi sip rS RH UEM Pd 367 Table 165 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types eiecit dnte 370 Table 166 Wireless Security Relational Matrix aeeseeeeeeesiieiseseeeiese eene entend neni 371 Table 167 Examples of GEIVIGBS iuicimstevepteistebie bvise stor evo OP 2 AERE E EE neia eaei rabh 373 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Tables Table 168 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table 379 Hei r bcc 380 TAME 170 MGT e 380 Table T7 T Menu 4 Internet AGGBSS ad Lion sey d vea oss eer eR ede osa Et rs aaa 383 Table Tro Men Te asec eiat me da EET erede ts acit bbs bu unida tit mte flc oiu 385 Table d73 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup iiuecivsse eis iatorasutte curi Yee E ERE kx M E a iaeaea EREE E ebd eo tps YER EIER 389 Tae 1 4 ide
273. e following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 153 Subnet Masks i92 2 es OCTET OCTET t EN 168 1 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111114 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 154 Subnet Masks BINARY DECIMAL OcrET OCTET OcTET SCTE 8 bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bit mask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248
274. e host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet 1s an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 1n binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 223 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i TERAS i at i i i M mmmh i I L I L L I L I i I L I L L 7 U anm m m m m m m m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID Th
275. e more reliable communication in noisy networks Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically use short preamble when all wireless stations support it otherwise the AP uses long preamble BES The AP and the wireless stations MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 119 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 164 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 367 Appendix D Wireless LANs User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication
276. e note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Appendix E on page 373 for more information Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Table 61 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Cli
277. e same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 9 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to Chapter 7 on page 89 for background informati
278. e the same SSID in order to access the network Channel Selection The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Automatically assign a WPA key Recommended only available if you enable OTIST if you want OTIST to configure a WPA key for you Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 61 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 61 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard LES The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 3 3
279. e the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer 1f prompted Verifying Settings Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 213 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu m Grab File Edit Captu About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences Dock gt Location 2 Click Network in the icon bar Select Automatic from the Location list Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list Click the TCP IP tab Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 214 Macintosh OS X Network e0 Network e p9 i g Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet B PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP la Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff a Click
280. e this VPN policy Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 79 VPN Setup Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address
281. e this screen to control which SIP accounts and PSTN line each phone uses To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 78 Phone Analog Phone Analog Phone Phone Port Settings Phonet Outgoing Call Use Iv spi sip2 Incoming Call apply to M siPi M siP2 IM PSTN Line Apply Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 51 Phone Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Phone Port Select the phone port you want to see in this screen If you change this field the Settings screen automatically refreshes Outgoing Call Use If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use SIP2 first If you do not select a SIP account you cannot make VoIP calls on the phone connected to this phone port SIP1 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP1 account when it makes calls SIP2 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP2 account when it makes calls Incoming Call If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to apply to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls If you do not select a source for incoming calls you cannot receive any calls on this phone port SIP1 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP1 account on this phone port SIP2 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP2 account on this phone port P 2802H W L
282. e to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 3 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 4 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of entering the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 11 4 Triangle Route When the firewall is on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 85 Ideal Firewall Setup LAN WAN m i Internet 11 4 1 The Triangle Route Problem A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices You may have more than one connection to the Internet through one or more ISPs If an alternate gateway is on the LAN and its IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address the triangle route also called asymmetrical route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 Acomputer on the LAN initiates a connection
283. eachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other POP3S TCP 995 This is a more secure version of POP3 that runs over SSL PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix E Services Table 167 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION PPTP TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol GRE enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login ROADRUNNER TCP UDP 1026 This is an ISP that provides services mainly for cable modems RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old way of transferring files between computers SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SMT
284. ecifications This chapter gives details about your ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features Hardware Specifications Table 146 Hardware Specifications Dimensions 168 W x 37 D x 248 H mm Weight 390g Power Specification 18VAC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports PHONE Ports 2 RJ 11 FXS POTS ports PSTN Line port 1 RJ 11 FXS POTS port for making calls over the PSTN line RESET Button Restores factory defaults Antenna One attached external dipole antenna 2dBi Operation Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 20 60 C Operation Humidity 20 85 RH Storage Humidity 20 90 RH Firmware Specifications Table 147 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password 1234 DHCP Server IP Pool 192 168 1 32 to 192 168 1 64 Static DHCP Addresses 10 Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 IP Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide the ZyXEL Device Chapter 26 Product Specifications Table 147 Firmware Specifications continued Wireless Functionality wireless devices only Allow the IEEE 802 11b and or IEEE 802 119 wireless clients to connect to the Z
285. ecified number Use the command line interpreter to have the ZyXEL Device wait a specified length of time before dialing the number Music on hold This feature allows you to put a call on hold and have the other person hear a piece of audio music speech etc you previously recorded Internal call When you have phones attached to both of the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you can dial H to place a call to the phone s connected to the other port Firmware update If your service provider uses this feature you hear a recorded message when enable disable you pick up the phone when new firmware is available for your ZyXEL Device Enter 99 in your phone s keypad to have the ZyXEL Device upgrade the firmware or enter 99 to not upgrade If your service provider gave you different numbers to use enter them instead If you enter the code to not upgrade you can make a call as normal You will hear the recording again each time you pick up the phone until you upgrade P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications Table 148 Voice Features Call waiting This feature allows you to hear an alert when you are already using the phone and another person calls you You can then either reject the new incoming call put your current call on hold and receive the new incoming call or end the current call and receive the new incoming call Call forwarding With this feature you c
286. ection Both Y RIP Version RP 1 Multicast iewp vi Any IP Setup M Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Note You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 24 Advanced LAN Setup continued
287. ection is established Figure 98 Three Way Handshake Client Server SYN SYN ACK ACK For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic An unusually high number or arrival rate of half open sessions could indicate a DOS attack P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 8 1 Threshold Values If everything is working properly you probably do not need to change the threshold settings as the default threshold values should work for most small offices Tune these parameters when you believe the ZyXEL Device has been receiving DoS attacks that are not recorded in the logs or the logs show that the ZyXEL Device is classifying normal traffic as DoS attacks Factors influencing choices for threshold values are 1 The maximum number of opened sessions 2 The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network 3 The CPU power of servers in your LAN network 4 Network bandwidth 5 Type of traffic for certain servers Reduce the threshold values if your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially 1f you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy f you often use P2P applications such as file sharing with eMule or eDonkey it s recommended that you increase the threshold values since lots of sessions will be established during a small period of time and the ZyXEL Device may classify them as DoS attacks 11 8 2 Configuring Firew
288. ed IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use Ethernet address in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Wait for the ZyXEL Device to finish testing your WAN connection P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 16 Connection Test Connection Test in Progress Please wait a moment about 14 Seconds IT Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 17 Connection Test Failed STEPS Sree fil Internet Configuration Restart the INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP Wizard Manually confiqure your Internet connection Continue to Wireless Setup wizard OQ Yes S No 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard
289. ed for gateway services to provide access to internal systems Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption This is the most common mode of operation Tunnel mode is required for gateway to gateway and host to gateway communications Tunnel mode communications have two sets of IP headers Outside header The outside IP header contains the destination IP address of the VPN gateway Inside header The inside IP header contains the destination IP address of the final system behind the VPN gateway The security protocol appears after the outer IP header and before the inside IP header 13 4 IPSec and NAT Read this section 1f you are running IPSec on a host computer behind the ZyXEL Device NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both Transport and Tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet When using AH protocol packet contents the data payload are not encrypted P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSec A NAT device in between the IPSec endpoints will rewrite either the source or destination address with one of its own choosing The VPN device at the receiving end will verify the integrity of the incoming packet by computing its own hash value and complain that the hash value appended to the received packet doesn t match The VPN device at the receiving
290. eeeeeees eie ie neta tn eda tread 167 Figure 23 Firewall Example EUIS 1s rtt e OH RECOLESUEAEMOHESURETOLEESOEAR EL RESMERUM E EE ARR EUER KHOE EI EG RUN 168 Figure 84 Edit Custom Fon EXImple 2 aicinuc d EbPE P D nEEHa quM ERE bI ed bent pe RCHU aep ti vET tUe bon pM EAE EEREUOE 168 Figure 95 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address ssse 169 Figure 96 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services ssssesseeees 170 Figure 97 Firewall Example Rules My Saree cusosusmmidia rete eaa berbevencapbb eer ib Ea 171 Figure 38 Three Way SMS ARS iuis pnt det RED THUA ELE IER LAE RIRDESE SH Rp Fi alt S p E Gg a 171 Figure 09 Firewall Treshold mm 172 Figure 100 Content Filter rr sinai ii 175 Figure TOT Comen Fier Sonu 0c i iti bu etd gi eoa e a tdi a e Do a Dae t 176 gs mise ML ON e 177 Figure 103 Encryption and Decryption cauuseseseeimsseu secum tope rtu Ere ree diN Eoo bU aieeaa seeaentiacareunen 180 Figure ee WANN 2 CT 181 Figure 105 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation 2 eceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeenseaeees 182 Figuie my om aie eae 011 its Al FEIS uice ilireiren dag tire dn eaa ga Peeters treet ere renee ont d dct 187 ur T0 urbe Mr E 188 Figure 108 NAT Router Between IPSec ROULCKS 12r er ettet retta peo rrt taa pe irren pe rez edu aneian 190 Figure 109 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example ccccssecccccceseeeceeeeseeeacceenenseacaeeeeteeees 191 gs ma
291. een to set the Local Area Network IP address and subnet mask of your ZyXEL Device Figure 42 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 23 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN TCP IP IP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation for example 255 255 255 0 factory default Your ZyXEL Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the IP Address you enter so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 23 LAN IP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 7 4 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast any IP and Windows Networking settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 43 Advanced LAN Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Dir
292. el to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 3 1 Class Configuration Click the Add button or the Edit icon in the Modify field to configure a classifier P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Figure 138 QoS Class Configuration Calss Configuration v Active Name Default Interface From LAN 7 Priority a x Tag Configuration DSCP Value Same 7 fo 0 63 802 19 Tag Same Ethernet Priority 0x VLAN ID 2 2 4094 Filter Configuration Source Address o 0 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 Port o Destination Address o 0 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 Port o Others Service FTP Y Protocol ce z E Packet Length 0 ali M DSCP fo 063 Ethernet Priority 0 VLAN ID 2 204094 Apply Cancel See Appendix E on page 373 for a list of commonly used services The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 102 QoS Class Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Class Configuration Active Select the check box to enable this classifier Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 20 printable English keyboard characters including spaces Interface Select from which interface traffic of this class should come Priority Select a priority level between 0 and 7 or select Auto to have the ZyXEL Device map the matched traffic to a queue according to the internal QoS mapping table See
293. eless screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security list Figure 53 Wireless WPA 2 Genera Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID nx Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz gt Scan Security Security Mode a e Wea Compatible ReAuthentication Timer i800 In Seconds Idle Timeout s600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer i800 In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address nooo Port Number Reiz Shared Secret Snel Accounting Server optional IP Address no 0 Port Number heis Shared Secret i tt CT Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 34 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer in seconds order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired ne
294. end doesn t know about the NAT in the middle so it assumes that the data has been maliciously altered IPSec using ESP in Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire original packet including headers in a new IP packet The new IP packet s source address is the outbound address of the sending VPN gateway and its destination address is the inbound address of the VPN device at the receiving end When using ESP protocol with authentication the packet contents in this case the entire original packet are encrypted The encrypted contents but not the new headers are signed with a hash value appended to the packet Tunnel mode ESP with authentication is compatible with NAT because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device Transport mode ESP with authentication is not compatible with NAT Table 69 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport N ESP Tunnel Y P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSec P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide VPN Screens This chapter introduces the VPN screens See Chapter 22 on page 289 for information on viewing logs and the appendix for IPSec log descriptions 14 1 VPN IPSec Overview Use the screens documented in this chapter to configure rules for VPN connections and manage VPN connections 14 2 IPSec Alg
295. endix B on page 349 4 If you disabled Any IP Section 7 4 1 on page 95 make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step Ifthere is a DHCP server on your network make sure your computer is using a dynamic IP address See Appendix A on page 337 Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server by default Ifthere is no DHCP server on your network make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Appendix A on page 337 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 5 Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 1 6 on page 41 6 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP f your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly use a computer that is connected to a LAN ETHERNET port e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly The default password is 1234 These fields are case s
296. ensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 25 1 on page 317 d cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser e cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 25 3 Internet Access cannot access the Internet Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 40 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP Disconnect all the cables from your device and f
297. eously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Figure 117 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example SER 192 168 4 15 LAN BN lt gt Ex 192 168 1 10 YYTUNTTTITTIO Table 83 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address bigcompanyhq com Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob big
298. er My Default Self signed Certificate CN P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D ERECTO ee Modify 1 VeriSign cer Authority O RSA OU Secure Server Certification 1994 Nov 9th 2010 Jan 7th amp A Data Security Inc 00 00 00 GMT 23 59 59 GMT c US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 91 Trusted Remote Hosts LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Issuer My Default Self signed Certificate This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Valid From This field displays the date that the certi
299. er account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your
300. er s Guide 113 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 2 Ifan OTIST enabled wireless device loses its wireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless device search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the search 3 After the wireless device finds an OTIST enabled AP you must click Start in the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST screen or hold in the RESET button on the ZyXEL Device for three seconds to transfer the settings again 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the ZyXEL Devices after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless device s 5 Ifyouconfigure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless device joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless devices again 8 6 MAC Filter Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 61 MAC Address Filter DTIST MAC Filter MAC Filter Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny LC ST RN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 7 00 00 00 00 00 00 8 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 00 00 00
301. ert System Errors Access Control Blocked Web Sites attacks I IPSec I Ike M pki Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 116 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Send Log to The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 116 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Send Alerts to Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e
302. es Config Service Name Service Type TcPADP 7 Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From To o Back Apply Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule 11 7 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 93 Firewall Example Rules Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 os fl 100 Packet Direction WaN to LAN 7 Create a new ru
303. es User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP Key Exchange WPA The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication 1s performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the Wireless screen You may still configure and store keys here but they will not be used while Dynamic WEP is enabled EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair 1s more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 165 Compa
304. es a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Certificate Click the button to use a certificate for authentication Select the certificate you want to use from the list You can create import and configure certificates in the Security gt Certificates screens or click the My Certificates link My Certificates Click this to go to the Security Certificates My Certificates screen If you do not click Apply first your VPN settings will not be saved P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 77 VPN Setup Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sendin
305. es that validate the certificate and the certificate itself If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the certificate itself If the certificate is a self signed certificate the certificate itself is the only one in the list The ZyXEL Device does not trust the certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the ZyXEL Device Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C
306. ession immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 19 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 19 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration 19 2 WWW HTTP and HTTPS HTTPS HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer or HTTP over SSL is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts web pages Secure Socket Layer SSL is an application level protocol that enables secure transactions of data by ensuring confidentiality an unauthorized party cannot read the transferred data authentication one party can identify the other party and data integrity you know if data has been changed It relies upon certificates public keys and private keys see Chapter 15 on page 211 for more information HTTPS on the ZyXEL Device is used so that you may securely acces
307. established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of the available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide E Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for examp
308. et packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out Default timeout values ICMP idle timeout s 60UDP idle timeout s 60TCP connection three way handshaking timeout s 30TCP FIN wait timeout s 60TCP idle P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide established timeout s 3600 Chapter 22 Logs Table 121 TCP Reset Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION sent TCP RST Exceed MAX incomplete The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block RST sent TCP The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 122 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule od Attempte
309. et the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively 8 4 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Figure 52 Wireless WPA 2 PSK Wireless Setup Hide SSID Channel Selection Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 06 2437MHz Scan Security Security Mode WPA2 PSK WPA Compatible Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer fisoo In Seconds Idle Timeout s600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer fisoo In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 33 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 PSK Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK simultaneously Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to
310. eter SNMP v1 amp v2c with MIB II Embedded FTP TFTP Server for firmware upgrade and configuration file backup and restore Telnet for remote management Remote Management Control Telnet FTP Web SNMP and DNS VoIP Auto provisioning via TFTP HTTP Remote Firmware Upgrade Syslog Other Features Dynamic DNS SPTGEN QoS Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Access Control of Service Content Filtering IP amp Generic Packet Filtering Real time Attack Alerts and Logs Reports and logs SIP ALG passthrough NAT SUA Port Forwarding 2048 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough VPN 20 IPSec tunnels IKE and Manual Key Management AH and ESP Protocol DES 3DES and AES Encryption SHA 1 and MD5 Authentication Tunnel and Transport Mode Encapsulation IPSec NAT Traversal NETBIOS pass through for IPSec P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications Voice Specifications BES To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider BES Not all features are supported by all service providers Consult your service provider for more information Table 148 Voice Features Call Fallback C
311. every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless stations This all happens in the background automatically AES Advanced Encryption Standard also uses a secret key This implementation of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet 1s dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC TKIP makes it much more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP making it difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs an easier to use consistent single alphanumeric password Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each Authentication Method key management protocol type MAC a
312. ext editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name and or set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check the CRL that the certification authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen 15 11 Trusted Remote Hosts Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen This screen displays a list of the certificates of peers that you trust but which are not signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen You do not need to add any certificate that 1s signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen since the ZyXEL Device automatically accepts any valid certificate signed by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Figure 126 Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts PKI Storage Space in Use 795 0 am 100 Trusted Remote Host Certificates Issu
313. fault password in the password field If you have changed the password enter your password and click Login C P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 6 Password Screen 5 The following screen displays if you have not yet changed your password It is strongly recommended you change the default password Enter a new password retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now Figure 7 Change Password Screen 6 Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your ZyXEL Device s MAC address that will be specific to this device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 8 Replace Certificate Screen Replace Factory Default Certificate 7 Ascreen displays to let you choose whether to go to the wizard or the advanced screens Click Go to Wizard setup if you are logging in for the first time or if you want to make basic changes The wizard selection screen appears after you click Apply See Chapter 3 on page 53 for more information Click Go to Advanced setup if you want to configure features that are not available in the wizards Select the check box if you always want to go directly to the advanced screens The main screen appears after
314. ficate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a remote host which you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 227 Chapter 15 Certificates 15 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate Certificates issued by certification authorities have the certification authority s signature for you to check Self signed certificates only have the signature of the host itself This means that you must be very careful when deciding to import and thereby trust a remote host s self signed certificate 15 12 1 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints A certificate s fingerprints are message digests calcu
315. figure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Figure 41 Any IP Example EE m Internet 192 168 10 1 E icit ES 600 lt E po Rss 192 168 10 1 l 192 168 1 1 The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address BS You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device 7 3 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also
316. for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line O channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 124 CDR Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected call d s C02 OutCall Connected d s board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected call d s C02 Call Terminated Table 125 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started Ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting Starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening Ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 126 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table
317. fter click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 23 5 1 Backup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer 23 5 2 Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 141 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process D gt Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 307 Chapter 23 Tools Figure 187 Configuration Upload Succes
318. g Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses M M No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action 9 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit To edit an address mapping rule click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next
319. g Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Daylight Savings The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Devic
320. g device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Advanced Setup Click Advanced to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management 14 12 IKE Phases There are two phases to every IKE Internet Key Exchange negotiation phase 1 Authentica
321. g to establish a connection not to encrypt the data that you send after establishing a connection The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection For example a VPN tunnel might use the triple DES encryption algorithm The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates Anyone can then use the certification authority s public key to verify the certificates A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide E Chapter 15 Certificates Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL Certificate Revocation List The ZyXEL Device can check a peer s certificate against a directory server s list of revoked certificates The framework of servers software procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI Public Key Infrastructure 15 1 1 Advantages of Certificates Certificates offer the following benefits The ZyXEL Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust no matter how many devices you need to authenticate Key distribution is
322. gure 115 VPN Global Setting PN Global Setting PN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 81 VPN Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows Networking NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that NetBIOS over TCP IP enable a computer to find other computers It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples 14 18 1 The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headqua
323. hailand Ukraine Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web www ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine United Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 44 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web www zyxel co uk FTP ftp zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix H Customer Support P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index A ACK message 130 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 93 AH 181 AH protocol 185 ALG 128 330 alternative subnet mask notation 357 antenna 325 any IP 93 326 how it works 93 note 93 any IP setup 95 AP Access Point 365 Application Layer Gateway 128 330 applications 37 Internet access 37 attack alert 172 authentication header 185 auto dial 329 B backup 307 bandwidth management 239 basic wireless security 61 BSS 363 BYE request 130 C CA 369 CA Certification Authority 211 call fallback 329 call forwarding 330 call hold 146 147 call park and pickup 329 call service mode 145 147 call transfer 146 147 call waiting 146 147 330 caller ID 330 Index CCK 331 certificate details 218 factory default 21
324. he LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 65 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 192 168 1 1 LJ ia B 192 168 1 34 m gos NR 1 e Internet o C 192 168 1 35 EH E D 192 168 1 36 lt gt lt gt IP address assigned by ISP 9 5 Configuring Port Forwarding BS If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen This screen is available only when you select SUA only in the NAT gt General screen See Appendix E on page 373 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 66 Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name Wa Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server 1P Address Modify 1 Iv FTP 20 21 192 168 1 2 E u Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 123 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 41 Port Forwarding LABEL
325. he first call on hold and answer the second call 10 11 3 3 USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 10 11 3 4 USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone party A press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call to party B 3 When party B answers the second call press the flash key to create a three way conversation 4 Hangup the phone to drop the connection 5 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections with party A on line and party B on hold press the flash key 6 Ifyou want to go back to the three way conversation press the flash key again 7 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections again press the flash key This time the party B is on line and party A is on hold 10 12 Phone Region Screen Use this screen to maintain settings that depend on which region of the world the ZyXEL
326. hone number Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL if you want to use a different SIP server or if you want to make a peer to peer call In this case enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or the other party in the field below Add Click this to use the information in the Speed Dial section to update the Speed Dial Phone Book section Speed Dial Phone Use this section to look at all the speed dial entries and to erase them Book This field displays the speed dial number you should dial to use this entry P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 57 Phone Book Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Number This field displays the SIP number the ZyXEL Device calls when you dial the speed dial number Name This field displays the name of the party you call when you dial the speed dial number Destination This field is blank if the speed dial entry uses one of your SIP accounts Otherwise this field shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or other party This field corresponds with the Type field in the Speed Dial section Modify Use this field to edit or erase the speed dial entry Click the edit icon to copy the information for this speed dial entry into the Speed Dial section where you can change it Click the remove icon to erase this speed dial entry Clear Click this to erase all the speed dial entries Cance
327. iation This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL Device Time Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 5 4 Packet Statistics Click Status gt Packet Statistics to access this screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval s field is configurable P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Figure 35 Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time Current Date Time CPU Usage Memory Usage WAN Port Statistics Link Status WAN IP Address Upstream Speed Downstream Speed LAN Port Statistics Ethernet Wireless Poll Interval s h m 1 06 57 01 01 2000 01 15 30 0 29 63 Down 0 0 0 0 0 kbps 0 kbps 1 PPPoE Idle 0 00 00 a 5492 5177 bm 96 setter B Stop The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 18 Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization WAN Port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link
328. icate Fie FOrmalS 215 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents go ge gen ie 216 pvg 26 0105 028 20 eee cR 218 Qo m obe cM m 221 15 9 Trusted CA IDIDONE uus es aive tota exert e prd d ve donc Dax Ped Cet pn Ca ent 223 15 10 Trusted CA Sr 224 15 17 StS Remote HDSIS 1x0 xpi picto naene ee aiaia E CER aeie Fal Fd DOR 226 15 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeennnnnn nena 228 15 12 1 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints eese 228 12 019 Trusted Remote Mosis Impetus d eoe be t d n Re e D RR ade eas 229 15 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details sse 229 DEWSIB eR 4 232 18 16 Directory Server Add and EU rr EHE a LEER EHI IEEE E Pa te EIE ER ee abt 233 Chapter 16 ACN FOIL aiii A E sic enge E A T E E EAE E E A 235 ju wc eee ET 235 152 Confiawring Siang RONTE quiae IP Ero PH Een PL EE ep de Ep Ee ELE ERR ERR ee 235 Tae e ROG EOI siaina aE EEEE 236 Chapter 17 Quality of Service Q09 rnc 239 Tr QOS OVOrVIOW sorin n eR i EE E Eep Eai 239 TENERE OI IO TO aea EEE E EE EAER 239 12 P Procedente assai ci er REF AN ANN N 240 T S DHOO jq EET 240 17 1 4 Automatical Priority Queue Assignment ssssssee em 241 17 2 Configuring QoS General SCHIGN m
329. iding a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type A preamble is used to synchronize the transmission timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes Long and Short Short preamble takes less time to process and minimizes overhead so it should be used in a good wireless network environment when all wireless stations support it Select Long if you have a noisy network or are unsure of what preamble mode your wireless stations support as all IEEE 802 11b compliant wireless adapters must support long preamble However not all wireless adapters support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support to ensure interpretability between the AP and the wireless stations and to provid
330. ies User s Guide Chapter 12 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Block Everyday to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 12 4 Configuring Trusted Computers Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device Click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 102 Content Filter Trusted From To Trusted User IP Range IP address IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of compute
331. ile maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP The screen appears as shown Use this screen to specify which interfaces allow FTP access and from which IP address the access can come P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 157 Remote Management FTP FTP Port Access Status q Note Secured Client IP You may also need to create a Firewallrule FTP zi LAN amp WAN all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 107 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and ex
332. imilar to IEEE 802 1p prioritization at layer 2 you can use IP precedence to prioritize packets in a layer 3 network IP precedence uses three bits of the eight bit ToS Type of Service field in the IP header There are eight classes of services ranging from zero to seven in IP precedence Zero is the lowest priority level and seven is the highest 17 1 3 DiffServ QoS is used to prioritize source to destination traffic flows All packets in the flow are given the same priority You can use CoS class of service to give different priorities to different packet types DiffServ Differentiated Services is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going 17 1 3 1 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which
333. imitations 256 REN 330 reports and logs 328 reset button 41 resetting your device 41 restore 307 restore configuration 312 RF Radio Frequency 332 RFC 1631 117 RFC 1889 132 330 RFC 1890 330 RFC 2327 330 RFC 2516 327 RFC 3261 330 Ringer Equivalence Number 330 RIP 92 direction 92 Routing Information Protocol see RIP version 92 romfile 303 RTCP 330 RTP 132 330 RTS Request To Send 366 RTS threshold 365 366 S SA 179 safety warnings 6 SDP 330 secure gateway address 186 security and certificates 211 security association 179 Security Parameter Index 202 security parameters 371 server 119 120 288 Service Set 105 service type 167 services 122 Session Description Protocol 330 Session Initiating Protocol 330 Session Initiation Protocol 129 silence suppression 141 330 SIP 129 SIP account 129 SIP accounts 330 SIP ALG 128 330 SIP ALG passthrough 328 SIP Application Layer Gateway 128 330 SIP authentication password 67 SIP authentication user ID 67 SIP call progression 130 SIP client 130 SIP identities 129 SIP INVITE request 130 SIP number 67 129 SIP proxy server 131 SIP redirect server 131 SIP register server 132 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index SIP server address 67 SIP servers 130 SIP service domain 67 130 SIP URI 129 SIP user agent 130 SIP version 2 330 SMTP error messages 292 SNMP 265 328 manager 266 MIBs 266 speed dial 148 SP
334. ine Certificate C Accept this certificate permanently Accept this certificate temporarily For this session C Do not accept this certificate and do not connect to this web site a e Figure 151 Security Certificate 2 Netscape Security Error Domain Name Mismatch x You have attempted to establish a connection with 192 168 1 1 However the security certificate presented belongs to P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D It is possible though unlikely that someone may be trying to intercept your communication with this web site If you suspect the certificate shown does not belong to 192 168 1 1 please cancel the connection and notify the site administrator View Certificate Cancel Help 19 4 3 Avoiding the Browser Warning Messages The following describes the main reasons that your browser displays warnings about the ZyXEL Device s HTTPS server certificate and what you can do to avoid seeing the warnings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration The issuing certificate authority of the ZyXEL Device s HTTPS server certificate is not one of the browser s trusted certificate authorities The issuing certificate authority of the ZyXEL Device s factory default certificate is the ZyXEL Device itself since the certificate is a self signed certificate For the browser to trust a self signed certificate import the self signed certificate into your oper
335. ine whether to use IKE ISAKMP or manual key configuration in order to set up a VPN 13 3 Encapsulation The two modes of operation for IPSec VPNs are Transport mode and Tunnel mode P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSec Figure 105 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation Original IP TCP Data IP Packet Header Header Transport Mode IPSec IP TCP ap Protected Packet Header Header Header Tunnel Mode IP IPSec IP it Tus Protected Packet Header Header Header Header 13 3 1 Transport Mode Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the data in the IP packet In Transport mode the IP packet contains the security protocol AH or ESP located after the original IP header and options but before any upper layer protocols contained in the packet such as TCP and UDP With ESP protection is applied only to the upper layer protocols contained in the packet The IP header information and options are not used in the authentication process Therefore the originating IP address cannot be verified for integrity against the data With the use of AH as the security protocol protection is extended forward into the IP header to verify the integrity of the entire packet by use of portions of the original IP header in the hashing process 13 3 2 Tunnel Mode Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely A Tunnel mode is requir
336. ing System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension Find this firmware at www zyxel com With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next ftp put firmware bin ras This is a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device ftp get rom 0 config cfg This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware see the Status screen to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 139 Filename Conventions INTERNAL NAME Configuratio Rom 0 This is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL rom n File Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default password the error
337. ir SIP account is registered and active After it is registered they need to provide you with their SIP number You can use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call SIP numbers You can also use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular phone numbers You dial a prefix number provided to you by your VoIP service provider followed by a regular phone number BS To find out more information about configuring your VoIP features and making non VoIP calls see Chapter 10 on page 129 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide PART III Advanced Status Screens 73 WAN Setup 83 LAN Setup 89 Wireless LAN 101 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 117 Voice 129 Firewalls 155 Content Filtering 175 Introduction to IPSec 179 VPN Screens 185 Certificates 211 Static Route 235 Quality of Service QoS 239 Dynamic DNS Setup 251 Remote Management Configuration 255 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 271 Status Screens Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN and WAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts The Status screen also provides detailed information from Any IP and DHCP and statistics from VoIP bandwidth management and traffic 5 1 Status Screen Click Status to open this screen
338. ist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It 1s recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www u
339. it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 23 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 195 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter Refer to Section 23 3 on page 304 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 23 9 3 TFTP File Upload The device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 313 Cha
340. it this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 8 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BS SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 158 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node po
341. its buttons You should use the same mode your VoIP service provider uses RFC 2833 send the DTMF tones in RTP packets PCM send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream This method works best when you are using a codec that does not use compression like G 711 Codecs that use compression like G 729 and G 726 can distort the tones SIP INFO send the DTMF tones in SIP messages Outbound Proxy P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 49 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice calls This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from retranslating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy server Server Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Select this if you want to hear a waiting beeping dial tone on your phone when you have at least one voice message Your VoIP service provider must support this feature Expiration Time Keep the default value for this field un
342. known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 7 4 Configuring LAN IP Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen See Section 7 1 on page 89 for background information Use this scr
343. l Line without the prefix number For example you should enter emergency numbers The number 1 9 is not a speed dial number It is just a sequential value that is not associated with any phone number Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Firewalls Use these screens to enable and configure the firewall that protects your ZyXEL Device and your LAN from unwanted or malicious traffic 11 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within
344. l Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 14 Incoming Call Policy Screen Use this screen to maintain rules for handling incoming calls You can block redirect or accept them To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Figure 83 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Forward to Number Setup Unconditional Forward to Number Advanced Setup j Incoming Call Policy Table Number Busy Forward to Number No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time 5 Second Table 1 z active __ Incoming Cali Number _ForwardtoNumber__ _ _Condition _ 1 d OO wW O un ke UN e r F1 EB C CB DI ICE OLE C Unconditional P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice You can create two sets of call forwarding rules Each one is stored in a call forwarding table Each field is described in the following table Table 58 Phone Book Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Table Number Select the call forwarding table you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes Forward to Number Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order in which they appear after it checks the rules in the Advanced Setup section Unconditional Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all incoming calls to
345. l filter set 4 256 40000020 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1 256 40000021 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2 256 40000022 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3 256 40000023 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 4 256 40000024 ISP PPPOE idle timeout 0 40000025 Route IP lt 0 No 1 l Yes 40000026 Bridge lt 0 No 0 l Yes 40000027 ATM QoS Type O CBR 1 1 UBR gt 40000028 Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 40000029 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 40000030 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 40000031 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only gt 40000032 RIP Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M 40000033 Nailed up Connection lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 172 Menu 12 Menu 12 1 1 IP Static Route Setup EL E PVA INPUT 20101001 IP Static Route set 1 Name Str 120101002 IP Static Route set 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20101003 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120101004 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120101005 IP Static Route set 1 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120101006 IP Static Route set 1 Metric 0 120101007 IP Static Route set 1 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 2 IP Static Route Setup
346. lasses are assigned priority queue based on the internal QoS mapping table on the ZyXEL Device Figure 139 QoS Example VoIP Queue 6 um f VDSL PW 1 50 Mbps Internet J Boss Queue 5 IP 192 168 1 23 E lt s u A N Figure 140 QoS Class Example VoIP 1 Calss Configuration v Active Name Ex vorP Interface From LAN Priority s 7 Tag Configuration DSCP Value Same 7 fo 0 63 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Figure 141 QoS Class Example VoIP 2 Gurat Source Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Netmask Port o Destination Address o 0 0 0 Subnet Netmask Port o Others IV Service versi 7 Protocol TCP o Packet Length o o Tl pscP 0 63 Ethernet Priority o zl VLAN ID 2 24094 seo Cancel o 0 0 0 Figure 142 QoS Class Example Boss 1 Calss Configuration v Active Name Ex Boss Interface From LAN x Fx Priority Tag Configuration Same z o 0 63 DSCP Value P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 247 Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Figure 143 QoS Class Example Boss 2 Source IV Address 152 168 123 Subnet Netmask 255 255 255 0 Port fo Destination Address 0 2 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 Port fo Others Service Fe z Protocol TCP Ei
347. lated using the MD5 or SHA algorithms The following procedure describes how to use a certificate s fingerprint to verify that you have the remote host s actual certificate 1 Browse to where you have the remote host s certificate saved on your computer 2 Make sure that the certificate has a cer or crt file name extension Figure 127 Remote Host Certificates lLondon office cer 4 L1 La office crt Remote Host Certificates 3 Double click the certificate s icon to open the Certificate window Click the Details tab and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields Figure 128 Certificate Details LMM xi General Details Certification Path Show lt an gt j Value Glenn RSA 1024 Bits Digital Signature Certificate Signingt DNS Names Glenn Subject Type CA Path Length Cons E I Thumbprint algorithm shal SJ Thumbprint BOA7 22B6 7960 FF92 52F4 6B4C A2 v t Prope Copy to File Lx Verify over the phone for example that the remote host has the same information in the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 13 Trusted Remote Hosts Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen and then click Import to open the Trusted Remote Host Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted
348. le 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device 9 1 NAT General Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 9 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is sti
349. le after rule number o s Add Destination Jactive source 1p Destipation service action schedule og Modify order Apply Cancel 3 Inthe Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 Inthe Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 94 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type TCP Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Back Apply Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address List box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 95 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 IV Active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Source Address List Address Type any Address 7 Start IP TEE A Address o Add gt gt End IP kosa Address Egit Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address Destination Address List
350. le both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP 9 4 1 Default Server IP Address BS In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 9 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers and services are shown in Appendix E on page 373 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers 9 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign t
351. le p od bo ex 41 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator LeeeeeLeeeLeLLe esee c eeeeeeeseee eee ne nennen nennen 43 Ah Web Conigurator OVY nION A TT 43 2 1 1 Accessing ihe Web Configurator 255 ccicc accidere rte ttti dori dirti p ndr dd 43 2 2 Web Configurator Main SEOEGGTPE isa acces ch reat etra ER npa apnd Ke pu DeL PA ENa 46 zo TS BAP acon ici a rea edet me amen on RE EE Rr Fadedo 46 Ua NAON FAM P 47 CN UA ONY METRE A A EET 49 pro A cCiULaAS ME 49 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide LE Table of Contents a nde p M 51 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard eee ecce eeeseseeeee ense eene n nnn nnns n nun a anna nana 53 vmi e TEE 53 242 mermet Access Wizard Sep edet seria sete tede ba n a apo Fu di i Rope Da n a br et aes 53 3 5 Wireless Lonmeciom Wizard SELUD iuseccisese hia iren FH rod EID a oda S reb KE S AAA 58 3 3 1 Manually Assign a WPA PSK KOY iius sec ma en rotta hc s Rr dd ERR nar oven 61 93 2 Manually Assign a WEP KEY uenisse esie tester bett dti beo a Ei 61 Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example insi nEkokus anat Klo RE ka ue BR NS UD ETRDNOK NU quM FDA PAR RES SEPAA ER DURS ON SRM RUE 65 zi ssi mt 65 B COP sani SED as cece ess acta dn tebaueisie NU MER een apti eeu Mug iam 65 Part lE ir M
352. less your VoIP service provider tells you to change it Enter the number of seconds the SIP server should provide the message waiting service each time the ZyXEL Device subscribes to the service Before this time passes the ZyXEL Device automatically subscribes again Fax Option This field controls how the ZyXEL Device handles fax messages G 711 Fax Select this if the ZyXEL Device should use G 711 to send fax messages The peer Passthrough devices must also use G 711 T 38 Fax Relay Select this if the ZyXEL Device should send fax messages as UDP or TCP IP packets through IP networks This provides better quality but it may have inter operability problems The peer devices must also use T 38 Call Forward Call Forward Select which call forwarding table you want the ZyXEL Device to use for incoming Table calls You set up these tables in VoIP Phone Book Incoming Call Policy Caller Ringing Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when they call you The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 10 2 9 on page 133 for more information Caller Ringing Select the tone you want people to hear when they call you You should set up Tone these tones using IVR first See Section 10 2 9 on page 133 for more information On Hold Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when you
353. lf signed certificate to have the ZyXEL Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority CA itself This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment to have the ZyXEL Device generate and store a request for a certificate Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen see Section 15 7 on page 218 and then send it to the certification authority Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online to have the ZyXEL Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen When you select this option you must select the certification authority s enrollment protocol and the certification authority s certificate from the drop down list boxes and enter the certification authority s server address You also need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority requires them Enrollment Protoc
354. lies Forward to Number Enter the phone number to which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number You may leave this field blank depending on the Condition Condition Select the situations in which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number or select an alternative action Unconditional The ZyXEL Device immediately forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number Busy The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when your SIP account already has a call connected No Answer The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Block The ZyXEL Device rejects calls from the Incoming Call Number Accept The ZyXEL Device allows calls from the Incoming Call Number You might create a rule with this condition if you do not want incoming calls from someone to be forwarded by rules in the Forward to Number section Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2802H W L Series User s Guide L Chapter 10 Voice 10 15 PSTN Line L models only With PSTN line you can make and receive regular PSTN phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call When the devi
355. ll in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 38 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 9 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them acces
356. log and the trace log FILE TYPE EXTERNAL NAME DESCRIPTION Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS bin firmware on the ZyXEL Device 23 3 File Maintenance Over WAN TFTP FTP and Telnet over the WAN will not work when 1 The firewall is active turn the firewall off or create a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN 2 You have disabled Telnet service in menu 24 11 3 You have applied a filter in menu 3 1 LAN or in menu 11 5 WAN to block Telnet service 4 TheIP you entered in the Secured Client IP field in menu 24 11 does not match the client IP If it does not match the device will disconnect the Telnet session immediately P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools 23 4 Firmware Upgrade Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot See Section 23 9 on page 312 for upgrading firmware using FTP TFTP commands Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress Figure 182 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compresse
357. low the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certification authority s certificate to the ZyXEL Device BS You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import the certificate Figure 124 Trusted CA Import Certificates Trusted CAs Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats Binary X 509 PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 89 Trusted CA Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 223 Chapter 15 Certificates 15 10 Trusted CA Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the certification authority s certificate change the certificate s name and set whether or not you want
358. ls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives e In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 7 3 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP versi
359. lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Sol 210202003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210202004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210202006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210202007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210202010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210202011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filer Set Z2 continued 210202014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 3 Filter set 2 rule 3 FI F PVA INPUT 210203001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Type 0 none 2 TCP r IP gt 210203002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt IM 210203003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210203004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 a
360. lt 1 check 3 P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 397 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210205014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 6 Filter set 2 rule 6 FI F PVA INPUT 210206001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210206002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210206003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210206004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210206006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210206007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210206008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210206010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210206011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210206013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210206014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Not lt 1 check 2 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan
361. ly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more effectively Change the password Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters Write down the password and put it in a safe place Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 4 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited 1 4 1 Secure Internet Access For Internet access connect the DSL port to the DSL or MODEM jack on a splitter or your telephone jack for Internet access Connect computers or servers to the LAN ports for shared Internet access The ZyXEL Device guarantees not only high speed Internet access but secure internal network protection and traffic management as well Figure 1 Secure Internet Access Application gt e D p 3 0 c E pa You can also configure firewall and content filtering on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet access When the firewall is on all incoming traffic from the Internet to
362. me Models ending in 1 for example P 2802HWL I3 denote a device that works over the analog telephone system POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Models ending in 3 denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device All screens displayed in this user s guide are from the P 2802HWL I1 model See the appendix on Product Specifications for a full list of features 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a supported web browser Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore SNMP The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager See the SNMP chapter in this User s Guide SPTGEN SPTGEN is a text configuration file that allows you to configure the device by uploading an SPTGEN file This is especially convenient if you need to configure many devices of the same type TR 069 This is an auto configuration server used to remotely configure your device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regular
363. multaneous IPSec connections Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to Internet web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can also schedule when to perform the filtering and give trusted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access Universal Plug and Play UPnP Your device and other UPnP enabled devices can use the standard TCP IP protocol to dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey their capabilities to each other PPPoE Support RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS support you can have a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address allowing the host to be more easily accessible from various locations on the Internet You must register
364. n if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 8 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 8 2 3 on page 102 for information about this Table 28 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest No Security WPA Static WEP n WPA PSK Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network BS It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or
365. ncomplete 173 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Index three way handshake 171 firmware 304 upload 305 upload error 306 flash key 145 flashing 145 fragmentation threshold 366 frequency range 331 FTP 122 264 file upload 313 FTP restrictions 304 G G 168 142 330 G 711 330 G 726 330 G 729 330 G 993 1 327 general setup 285 H hidden node 365 host 286 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 305 HTTPS 257 example 259 humidity 325 IANA 91 362 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority see IANA IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority 166 IBSS 363 ID type and content 191 IEEE 802 11g 331 367 IEEE 802 11g data rates 331 IEEE 802 11g modulation 331 IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN 331 IEEE 802 11i 331 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN 135 IGMP 92 IGMP proxy 328 IGMP v1 328 IGMP v2 328 IKE phases 198 importing certificates 214 importing trusted CAs 223 importing trusted remote hosts 229 Independent Basic Service Set 363 Initialization Vector IV 371 inside header 182 install UPnP 273 Windows Me 273 Windows XP 274 Integrated Access Device 35 Integrated Services Digital Network 36 internal calls 329 internal SPTGEN 377 FTP upload example 379 points to remember 378 text file 377 Internet access 53 Internet access wizard setup 53 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA Internet Key Exchange 198 Internet Protocol Security 179 Internet Telephony Service Provider 38 IP address 91 12
366. ncrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path CRL Distribution Points This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available This field also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a t
367. nd 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logs Use logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external syslog server Universal Plug and Play UPnP A UPnP enabled device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network Firewall You can configure firewall on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet access When the firewall is on by default all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files for example Content Filter The ZyXEL Device blocks or allows access to web sites that you specify and blocks access to web sites with URLs that contain keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled You can also include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering You can also subscribe to category based content filtering that allows your ZyXEL Device to check web sites against an external database QoS You can efficiently m
368. nd the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 6 1 2 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The SUA Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and default gateway P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 1 3 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 6 2 Internet Access Setup Use this screen to change
369. ned certificate you can set it to be the one that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Figure 122 My Certificate Details Certificates My Certificates Details Certificate Name auto generate d self signed cert Property M Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates Certificate Path Refresh Certificate Informations Type Self signed xX 509 Certificate Version v3 Serial Number 947027954 Subject CN P2 D1 001349000001 Issuer CN P2 D1 001349000001 Signature Algorithm rsa pkcsi shai Valid From 2000 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2030 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 512 bits Subject Alternative emalL 001349000001 auto gen cert Key Usage DigitalSignature KeyEncipherment KeyCertSign Basic Constraint Subject Type CA Path Length Constraint 1 MD5 Fingerprint 1d 48 68 8e f2 5d 8f a7 03 65 e0 b2 af 13 e9 a7 SHA1 Fingerprint amp 4 97 2a ca 8b c5 09 59 84 51 db bd f6 4e dd eb 6e 9c dO fa Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIIBhTCCAS 4 gA vIBAgIEOG1M zANBgkgqhkiG9wOBAQUFADAiMSAwHgYDVQOODExdQ NjYySFctRDEgIDAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMTAeFwOwMDAxMDEwMDAwMDBaFwOzMDAxMDEw MDA wMDBaMCIXIDAeBgNVBAMTF1A2NjJIVy1EMSAgMDAxMzQS5MDAwMDAXMFwwDQYJ KoZIhvcNAQEBBQADSwAwSAJBAKB2A AsSjRsSfw3EOKk6IQL3rG2P MOcgpwWukomFnB5 X nLrI4k6Bnqi8mILg4b5rxBh OOyJKiOEVJ
370. ng Port Select the check box and enter the port number of the source 0 means any source port number See Appendix E on page 373 for some common services and port numbers Destination Address Select the check box and enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation and the destination subnet mask Refer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetting Port Select the check box and enter the port number of the destination 0 means any source port number See Appendix E on page 373 for some common services and port numbers Others Service This field simplifies classifier configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the filter fields SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select the check box and select VoIP SIP from the drop down list box to configure this classifier for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select the check box and select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this classifier for FTP t
371. ng systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 337 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 202 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCPAP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3 Client for Microsoft Networks gt Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your netw
372. nge DHCP settings WLAN W models only Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the type of security mode the ZyXEL Device is using in the wireless LAN Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 15 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION System Status System Uptime This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 1 6 on page 41 Current Date Time This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You can change this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge The ZyXEL Device is always in routing mode when the first Ethernet port is the WAN port to allow Internet access via an E
373. ngs Scripting amp Active scripting C Promp 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Q Disable OQ Prompt lleas fuikhanticstian E b custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected Click OK to close the window cO WN Figure 221 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Q Disable 9 Enable es Font download Q Disable 9 Enable a Java permissions Q Custom J Disable Jav 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset J P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 222 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings v Use HTTP 1 1 gH Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy co
374. nnect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect Timeout on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Access Setup screen The screen appears as shown Figure 38 Advanced Internet Access Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast RIP amp Multicast Setup Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 Advanced Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast Multicast packets are sen
375. nnections amp Java ee Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr lt appleb eques estan gt Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr lt appleb eques esar requires restart 3 Microso O Java ae enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing xf gt Restore Defaults P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while th
376. nnot set up an IKE SA with a NAT router between the two IPSec routers because the NAT router changes the header of the IPSec packet NAT traversal solves the problem by adding a UDP port 500 header to the IPSec packet The NAT router forwards the IPSec packet with the UDP port 500 header unchanged In Figure 108 on page 190 when IPSec router A tries to establish an IKE SA IPSec router B checks the UDP port 500 header and IPSec routers A and B build the IKE SA For NAT traversal to work you must Use ESP security protocol in either transport or tunnel mode Use IKE keying mode Enable NAT traversal on both IPSec endpoints Set the NAT router to forward UDP port 500 to IPSec router A Finally NAT is compatible with ESP in tunnel mode because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device The compatibility of AH and ESP with NAT in tunnel and transport modes is summarized in the following table Table 72 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport Y ESP Tunnel Y Y This is supported in the ZyXEL Device if you enable NAT traversal 14 8 Remote DNS Server In cases where you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers on a remote network that has a DNS server you must identify that DNS server You cannot use DNS servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DN
377. ntication Algorithm SA Life Time Seconds Key Group Phase2 Active Protocol Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm SA Life Time Seconds Encapsulation Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Gl NO 0 Endo o End o DES MDS DH1 ESP DES SHA1 v P I Tunnel Y NONE y Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 78 Advanced VPN IKE LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Protocol Enter 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP 17 for UDP etc 0 is the default and signifies any protocol P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 78 Advanced VPN IKE LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Replay As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Detection Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Select YES from the drop down menu to enable replay detection or select NO to disable it Local Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Local Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Remote Start Port 0 is the def
378. number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 167 Examples of Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from TCP UDP 24032 White Pines Software DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names for instance www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security IPSEC_TUNNEL Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Protocol a program to enable TCP 21 fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 373 Appendix E Services 374 Table 167 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this proto
379. ocal ID type IP Local ID content tom yourcompany com Local ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens The two ZyXEL Devices in this example cannot complete their negotiation because ZyXEL Device B s Local ID type is IP but ZyXEL Device A s Peer ID type is set to E mail An ID mismatched message displays in the IPSEC LOG Table 76 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type IP Local ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID type IP Peer ID content aa yahoo com Peer ID content N A 14 10 Pre Shared Key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation seeSection 14 12 on page 198for more on IKE phases It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection 14 11 Editing VPN Policies Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup screen to edit VPN policies P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Figure 110 VPN Setup Edit IPSec Setup Active Keep Alive NAT Traversal Mame IPSec Key Mode IKE X Negotiation Mode Main x Encapsulation Mode Tunnel
380. of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IPSec SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup DH1 default refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to
381. ol Select the certification authority s enrollment protocol from the drop down list box Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco Certificate Management Protocol CMP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X 509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF and is specified in RFC 2510 CA Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of the certification authority server CA Certificate Select the certification authority s certificate from the CA Certificate drop down list box You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view and manage the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates of trusted certification authorities Request When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate Authentication immediately online the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request Fill in both the Reference Number and the Key fields if your certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol Just fill in the Key field if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you Back Click Back to return to the p
382. ollow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again If the problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore O N Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 40 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact your ISP The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 AO There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 5 on page 40 If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications Check the signal strength If the signal strength is low try moving the ZyXEL Device closer to the AP if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network for example microwaves other wireless networks and so on Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Check the settings for bandwidth management If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider changing the allocations P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troublesh
383. ombinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 157 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 158 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER Pr Cede yell IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 159 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191
384. on Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS to change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings This feature is not available when the ZyXEL Device is set to bridge mode P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 160 Remote Management DNS DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN amp WAN x Secured Client IP all C selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 110 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 10 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL Device s se
385. on Figure 12 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup guration options hich may have multip 3 Enter your Internet access information in the wizard screen exactly as your service provider gave it to you Leave the defaults in any fields for which you were not given information P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 13 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fli Internet Configuration Your ISP may have outing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account e select Bridge mode Enter your Internet S ce Provider s ISP connection settings Encapsulation The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 6 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP give you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet account Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from ISP s DHCP server directly If you select Bridge you cannot use Firewall QoS DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box This field is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Choices are Ethernet and PPPo
386. on 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 1s not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 3 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually con
387. onference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press 2 10 11 3 USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key 1f you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 55 USA Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone 10 11 3 1 USA Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 10 11 3 2 USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put t
388. ontent Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 12 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will not perform content filtering 12 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 100 Content Filter Keyword Keyword M Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Content Filter Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block We
389. ook This field indicates whether the phone is on the hook or off the hook On The phone is hanging up or already hung up Off The phone is dialing calling or connected Status This field displays the current state of the phone call N A There are no current VoIP calls incoming calls or outgoing calls being made DIAL The callee s phone is ringing RING The phone is ringing for an incoming VoIP call Process There is a VoIP call in progress DISC The callee s line is busy the callee hung up or your phone was left off the hook Codec This field displays what voice codec is being used for a current VoIP call through a phone port Peer Number This field displays the SIP number of the party that is currently engaged in a VoIP call through a phone port Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted in the current call Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received in the current call Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second P 2802H W L I Series User s G
390. oose to disseminate the DNS server addresses using the DNS server extensions of IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are set to DNS Relay the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen 7 3 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 3 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or you
391. ooting Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications 25 4 Phone Calls and VoIP e The telephone port won t work or the telephone lacks a dial tone Check the telephone connections and telephone wire Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured e can access the Internet but cannot make VoIP calls Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured One of the PHONE lights should come on Make sure that your telephone is connected to the corresponding PHONE port You can also check the VoIP status in the Status screen If the VoIP settings are correct use speed dial to make peer to peer calls If you can make a call using speed dial there may be something wrong with the SIP server contact your VoIP service provider e cannot call from one of the ZyXEL Device s phone ports to the other phone port You cannot call the SIP number of the SIP account that you are using to make a call The ZyXEL Device generates a busy tone and does not attempt to establish a call if the SIP number you dial matches the outgoing SIP number of the phone port you are using For example if you set Phone 1 to use SIP account 1 and set Phone 2 to use SIP account 2 then you can use Phone 1 to call to SIP account 2 s SIP number or Phone 2 to call to SIP acco
392. or All Tones 128 seconds for all custom tones combined Time per Individual Tone 20 seconds Total Number of Tones 8 Recordable You can record up to 8 different custom tones but the total time must be 128 seconds or less 10 2 9 1 Recording Custom Tones Use the following steps 1f you would like to create new tones or change your tones 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1101 1108 on your phone followed by the key 3 Play your desired music or voice recording into the receiver s mouthpiece Press the key 4 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 10 2 9 2 Listening to Custom Tones Do the following to listen to a custom tone 3 The ZyXEL Device does not support pulse dialing at the time of writing P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 133 Chapter 10 Voice 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1201 1208 followed by the key to listen to the tone 3 Youcan continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 10 2 9 3 Deleting Custom Tones Do the following to delete a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad
393. orithms The ESP and AH protocols are necessary to create a Security Association SA the foundation of an IPSec VPN An SA is built from the authentication provided by the AH and ESP protocols The primary function of key management is to establish and maintain the SA between systems Once the SA is established the transport of data may commence 14 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol AH protocol RFC 2402 was designed for integrity authentication sequence integrity replay resistance and non repudiation but not for confidentiality for which the ESP was designed In applications where confidentiality is not required or not sanctioned by government encryption restrictions an AH can be employed to ensure integrity This type of implementation does not protect the information from dissemination but will allow for verification of the integrity of the information and authentication of the originator 14 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as the services offered by AH ESP authenticating properties are limited compared to the AH due to the non inclusion of the IP header information during the authentication process However ESP is sufficient if only the upper layer protocols need to be authenticated An added feature of the ESP is payload padding which further protects communications by concealing the size of the packet being transmitted P 2802H W L I Serie
394. ork adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab f your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 203 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address CPAP Properties RTS Bindings Advanced NethioS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration 1P Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below Specify an IP address v Detect connection to ne
395. osts actual certificate See Section 15 12 on page 228 for how to verify a remote host s certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Chapter 15 Certificates Table 93 Trusted Remote Host Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name of the certificate Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 15 15 Directory Servers Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen This screen displays a summary list of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates that have been saved into the ZyX
396. ote Management ICMP 2aiastetesvenet tbcs anni Lace abe tu va o ERGU Ed eae be bu a 270 Figure 162 Coniguring UPOP i 272 Figure 163 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication sss 273 Figure 164 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 274 Figuie 165 Dehra CONC OE 135 en Raten aste aaa Lene o toc iti ou bu c a e t bcc a dd 274 Figure 166 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard ssseseee 275 Figure 167 ueri Rel gag c PE 275 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure TCO Riots COONS m 276 Figure 169 Intemet Connection Properties ccssccccicesssecnaceissseneasnessseekdueessseeheseeassnsaatecds seacadeeassandiueansence 277 Figure 170 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings 2st itane eder sa tercia 278 Figure 171 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add seessuesss 278 Figure T2 Sy ate TES COW age tipectiuttiud es oblata o bou Ee a pup S bulues e beloved epu ad conde aq RR 279 Figure 173 Internet Connection SIBIUS esce eeprr ttr EbbL tI EE Erba eESEEERbZ aiia saaa 279 Figure 174 Network GCOBIOOUOGITIS 5 s coisa cots iade tratar E Eae k ca REM pa buk Ea REIR CLA ERA REOR EAEAN EE REM eeu E ER EDU 280 Figure 175 Network Connections My Network Places cc c cccceessssnceeee
397. other device in a call stops transmitting because the other party is not speaking as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection Echo Cancellation You device supports G 168 an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk QoS Quality of Quality of Service QoS mechanisms help to provide better service on a per Service flow basis Your device supports Type of Service ToS tagging and Differentiated Services DiffServ tagging This allows the device to tag voice frames so they can be prioritized over the network SIP ALG Your device is a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG It allows VoIP calls to pass through NAT for devices behind it such as a SIP based VoIP software application on a computer Other Voice SIP version 2 Session Initiating Protocol RFC 3261 Features SDP Session Description Protocol RFC 2327 RTP RFC 1889 RTCP RFC 1890 Voice codecs coder decoders G 711 G 726 G 729 Fax and data modem discrimination DTMF Detection and Generation DTMF In band and Out band traffic RFC 2833 PCM SIP INFO Point to point call establishment between two IADs Quick dialing through predefined phone book which maps the phone dialing number and destination URL Flexible Dial Plan RFC3525 section 7 1 14 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Product Specifications
398. ou are instructed to do otherwise 7 3 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses BES Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 3 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field contro
399. ound proxy if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG Use this screen to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt ALG Figure 70 Network gt NAT gt ALG ALG Settings V Enable SIP ALG ALG Apply Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 45 Network gt NAT gt ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SIP ALG Select this to make sure SIP VoIP works correctly with port forwarding and address mapping rules Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to return to previously saved configuration P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Voice This chapter provides background information on VoIP and SIP and explains how to configure your device s voice settings 10 1 Introduction to VoIP VoIP 1s the sending of voice signals over Internet Protocol This allows you to make phone calls and send faxes over the Internet at a fraction of the cost of using the traditional circuit switched telephone network You can also use servers to run telephone service applications like PBX services and voice mail Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP companies provide VoIP service Circuit switched telephone networks require 64 kilobits per second Kbps in each direction to handle a telephone call VoIP can use advanced voice coding techniques with comp
400. oxy redirect or register server You can use up to 95 ASCII characters SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name in this field the domain name that comes after the symbol in a SIP account like 11223344 SIPA Account com You can use up to 127 ASCII Extended set characters User Name This is the name used to register this SIP account with the SIP register server Type the user name exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 ASCII characters Password Type the password associated with the user name above You can use up to 95 ASCII Extended set characters P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example Table 14 VoIP Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Check here to set up This screen configures SIP account 1 Select the check box if you have SIP2 settings a second SIP account that you want to use You will need to configure the same fields for the second SIP account Note If you configure more than one SIP account you need to configure Analog Phone settings to distinguish between the two accounts when you make and receive phone calls Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard without saving your settings 4 Your ZyXEL Device will attempt to register your SIP account with your VoIP service provider
401. p down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 22 4 SMTP Error Messages If there are difficulties in sending e mail the following error message appears P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs SMTP action request failed ret The are described in the following table Table 117 SMTP Error Messages 1 means ZyXEL Device out of socket 2 means tcp SYN fail 3 means smtp server OK fail 4 means HELO fail 5 means MAIL FROM fail 6 means RCPT TO fail 7 means DATA fail 8 means mail data send fail 22 4 1 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second e Figure 181 E mail Log Example Subject
402. p up Blocker Setting Synchronize f windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 216 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet gt zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LC information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen
403. pecific channel or frequency to send and receive information Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 8 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 8 2 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 8 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device i
404. pond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 77 VPN Setup Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote
405. pply Table 13 Sample SIP Account Information INFORMATION FROM VOIP SERVICE EXAMPLE VALUES PROVIDER DESCRIPTION SIP account address 11223344 SIPA Account com 11223344 is your SIP number This is the part that comes before the symbol in your SIP account address SIPA Account com is your SIP server domain SIP server address a b c d a b c d is the IP address or domain name of your SIP server P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example Table 13 Sample SIP Account Information INFORMATION FROM VOIP SERVICE EXAMPLE VALUES DESCRIPTION PROVIDER Username VolPUser This is the username you use to login to your SIP account Password Password This is the password you use to login to your SIP account Figure 28 VolP Wizard Configuration STEP 1 STER fa VoIP Configuration SIP Number server Address ce Domain The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 VoIP Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Number Enter your SIP number in this field Use the number or text that comes before the symbol in a SIP account If your SIP account is 11223344 SIPA Account com your SIP number is 11223344 You can use up to 127 ASCII characters SIP Server Address Type the IP address or domain name of the SIP server in this field It doesn t matter whether the SIP server is a pr
406. pter 23 Tools 2 Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras Note that the telnet connection must be active and the device in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode 23 9 4 TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the device Commands that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter P 2802H W
407. pts drops below this number One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts For example if you set the one minute high to 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute It stops deleting half open sessions when the number of session establishment attempts detected in a minute goes below the number set as the one minute low Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number For example if you set the maximum incomplete high to 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open
408. r gt 210104008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210104009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Subnet Mask 0 210104010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210104011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210104013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Match l check next 3 2 forward 3 drop 210104014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 1 5 set 1 rule 5 FI FN PVA INPUT 210105001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 2 210105002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt ed 210105003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210105004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210105005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210105006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 210105007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210105008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src IP Address 0 0 0 0 210105009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Subnet Mask 210105010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port 0 210105011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210105013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210105014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Not Match lt 1 Check Next 1 2 For
409. r device BS Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The P 2802H W L I may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e g is a Shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icon
410. r each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets BES Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 46 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet Interface B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Temm omm C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Figure 47 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address RIP Direction RIP Version IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 IP Address RIP Direction RIP Version IP Subnet Mask IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 None 7 z z 9 9 z EP 3S o o E ajojo o o 4 4 4 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatic
411. r network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless y
412. raffic Protocol Select this option and select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0 means any protocol number Packet Length Select this option and enter the minimum and maximum packet length from 28 to 1500 in the fields provided DSCP Select this option and specify a DSCP DiffServ Code Point number between 0 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide and 63 in the field provided Chapter 17 Quality of Service QoS Table 102 QoS Class Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Ethernet Priority Select this option and select a priority level between 0 and 7 from the drop down list box 0 is the lowest priority level and 7 is the highest VLAN ID Select this option and specify a VLAN ID number between 2 and 4094 Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 3 2 QoS Example In the following figure your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 50 Mbps You configure a classifier to assign the highest priority queue 6 to VoIP traffic from the LAN interface so that voice traffic would not get delayed when there is network congestion Traffic from the boss s IP address 192 168 1 23 for example is mapped to queue 5 Taffic that does not match these two c
413. re are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is generally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyXEL Device that can use the VPN tunnel The local IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two ac
414. rea You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs BS Figure 229 RTS CTS RTS Range Wireless AP ELS c7 3 Station z ACK Stations cannot _ deme A hear each other When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP
415. rent call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 54 European Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash 1 Disconnect the current phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presently on hold Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the current three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone 10 11 2 1 European Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key and then 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 10 11 2 2 European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you ans
416. ression to reduce the required bandwidth 10 2 SIP The Session Initiation Protocol SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions The media that is exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the signaling SIP handles telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit switched telephone networks 10 2 1 SIP Identities A SIP account uses an identity sometimes referred to as a SIP address A complete SIP identity 1s called a SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier A SIP account s URI identifies the SIP account in a way similar to the way an e mail address identifies an e mail account The format of a SIP identity is SIP Number SIP Service Domain 10 2 1 1 SIP Number The SIP number is the part of the SIP URI that comes before the symbol A SIP number can use letters like in an e mail address johndoe your ITSP com for example or numbers like a telephone number 1122334455 VoIP provider com for example P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 2 1 2 SIP Service Domain The SIP service domain of the VoIP service provider is the domain name in a SIP URI For example if the SIP address is 1122334455 ag VoIP provider com then VoIP provider com is the SIP service domain 10
417. revious screen Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 217 Chapter 15 Certificates After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen you see a screen that tells you the ZyXEL Device is generating the self signed certificate or certification request After the ZyXEL Device successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or a self signed certificate you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificates screen If you configured the My Certificate Create screen to have the ZyXEL Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen Click Return and check your information in the My Certificate Create screen Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the ZyXEL Device to enroll a certificate online 15 7 My Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen see Figure 119 on page 213 Click the edit icon to open the My Certificate Details screen Use this screen to view in depth certificate information and change the certificate s name In the case of a self sig
418. rewalls allows traffic that originates from your LAN computers to go to all of the networks blocks traffic that originates on the other networks from going to the LAN Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default settings The ZyXEL Device checks the source IP address destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic against the firewall rules in the order you list them When the traffic matches a rule the ZyXEL Device takes the action specified in the rule 11 1 3 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall 1 Change the default password via web configurator 2 Think about access control before you connect to the network in any way 3 Limit who can access your router 4 Don t enable any local service such as telnet or FTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network 5 For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces 6 Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active 7 Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 11 2 General Firewall Policy Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of pa
419. rison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No User Authentication WPA applies IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless stations using an external RADIUS database 370 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Encryption WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP or Advanced Encryption Standard AES Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server It includes a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism TKIP regularly changes and rotates the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt
420. rites Key Caps Network Browser j Recent Applications A Recent Documents ADSL Control and Status Appearance Apple Menu Options AppleTalk ColorSync Control Strip Date amp Time DialAssist cif Remote Access Status Energy Saver Scrapbook Extensions Manager 49 Sherlock 2 File Exchange Speakable Items File Sharing Stickies General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech Startup Disk Text USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 212 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Li TCP IP E Comect vla Ethernet Setup Configure Using DHCP Server DHCP Client ID IP Address s will be supplied by server gt Suret mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Search comans Name server addr x will be supplied by server gt 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 345 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Typ
421. rom t ftp bye Example Internal SPTGEN Screens This section covers ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN screens Table 168 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING FIN Field Identification Number FN Field Name P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 379 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 168 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING PVA Parameter Values Allowed INPUT An example of what you may enter i Applies to the ZyXEL Device The following are the Internal SPTGEN menus Table 169 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 10000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000001 System Name lt Str gt Your Device 10000002 Location lt Str gt 10000003 Contact Person s Name lt Str gt 10000004 Route IP lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Eel 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 170 Menu 3 Menu 3 1 General Ethernet Setup FIN E PVA INPUT 30100001 Input Protocol filters Set 1 2 30100002 Input Protocol filters Set 2 256 30100003 Input Protocol filters Set 3 256 30100004 Input Protocol filters Set 4 256 30100005 Input device filters Set 1 256 3010
422. router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 22 Logs Table 119 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max number of session per host This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host setNetBIOSFilter calloc error The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc error The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 120 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE Firewall default policy UDP IGMP ESP GRE lt Packet Direction gt DESCRIPTION TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or fo
423. rrent ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 6 on page 83 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key
424. rs on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Content Filtering P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Introduction to IPSec This chapter introduces the basics of IPSec VPNs 13 1 VPN Overview A VPN Virtual Private Network provides secure communications between sites without the expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing technologies services used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses the TCP IP protocol suite for communication 13 1 1 IPSec Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer 13 1 2 Security Association A Security Association SA is a contract between two parties indicating what security parameters s
425. rt Forwarding Rule Edit Use this screen to edit a port forwarding rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 67 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address 5 1 1 GU Back Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 42 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to
426. rt status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 19 8 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II which is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration 19 8 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 108 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmstart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after
427. rters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 207 Chapter 14 VPN Screens Figure 116 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example v 192 168 4 15 Internet om HQ LAN BN lt gt Ss 192 168 1 10 YYTTUNTTTTTIE Table 82 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address assigned by the ISP Public static IP address Secure Gateway IP Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address only the Address telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP 192 168 1 10 0 0 0 0 N A Address 14 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 14 12 1 on page 199 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultan
428. rwarded according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT UDP IGMP ESP lt Packet Direction gt GRE match L TCP rule d Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule OSPF The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Triangle route packet forwarded TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry message TCP Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested Table 121 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP res
429. s Show icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 277 Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 278 Figure 170 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advanced Sethings Services Select He sarnvices unnig an pour netccre that lemel elt can xd Services Gi memea H2 1 EB 1688618 TEETH TEP be mernece 192 1681 85 3858 P77 LIDP msrases 132 1EE 1 81 7281 25037 UDF 9 meneg 192 1681 F810 31 711 TCR Figure 171 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP C UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 172 System Tray Icon J Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet
430. s Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 10 Common Phone Settings Screen Use this screen to activate and deactivate immediate dialing To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Common Figure 80 Phone Common Common Settings Common Active Immediate Dial Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 53 Phone Common LABEL DESCRIPTION Immediate Dial Active Immediate Dial Select this if you want to use the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately instead of waiting the number of seconds you selected in the Dialing Interval Select in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone If you select this dial the phone number and then press the pound key The ZyXEL Device makes the call immediately instead of waiting You can still wait if you want Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 11 Phone Services Overview Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting call transfer etc are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services Call Hold Call Waiting Making a Second
431. s The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer EE x Server DSLAM Firewall Nae Ge me Num um I c 4 Nis anes ees und exams rmt Telephone Switch Router Co ws P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings gt For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e e e e e e e e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right
432. s directory server Access Protocol Use the drop down list box to select the access protocol used by the directory server LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates Server Address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation or the domain name of the directory server Server Port This field displays the default server port number of the protocol that you select in the Access Protocol field You may change the server port number if needed however you must use the same server port number that the directory server uses 389 is the default server port number for LDAP P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 233 Chapter 15 Certificates Table 95 Directory Server Add and Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Login Setting Login The ZyXEL Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the directory server Type the login name up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Password Type the password up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Back Click Back to return to the Directory Servers screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen A
433. s User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 70 AH and ESP ESP AH DES default MD5 default Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit used method of data encryption using a digest to authenticate packet data private secret key DES applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data 3DES SHA1 Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES which SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a iterates three times with three separate keys 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data ENCRYPTION 3 x 56 168 bits effectively doubling the strength of DES AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key This implementation of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a phase 2 tunnel without encryption AUTHENTICATION MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security 14 3 My IP Address My IP Address is the WAN IP address of the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device
434. s XP Local Area Connection Properties 1 udis e reet team ea hut enda 342 Figure 208 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP SEEDS 12i ers arb epi nad i kc kn rtc a 343 Figure 210 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties eese rennen 344 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure 277 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple MEMU 4 2 Petr IE Lek PIE RUP rad EX E npe d EP aA aa v LIRE UA 345 Houe 212 Maense TOPI EMT MNT HIPS 345 Figure 213 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu 1 curetis inire naini khe MU nE E A A ENR 346 Figure 214 Nadmosh OS A NGIWO niissccni asses io eco das ced ac a AAAA Red 347 Figure 219 Fon BIOCKBE ioa nio parve pop eio nm lote T RE 349 Figure 216 Internet Options PTIVBDU iiuxassisci dem ieutto vekisciutr dii tico bnbdr aiiin Trid idol zene PxCEE iiie 350 Figure 217 Intemet Options PEIVEGU ouausesseccnbe gkakeccen aa pl tend rct on E Gta ka Pd d tL end a c E 351 Figure 218 Pop up Blocker ISIN crer an Era en E EIN Pe rion Dore ud SpA een aT ARE 351 Figure 210 Intermaet Options OOUIDE sonics an a te d et Da t n a adeo et d t RU a RO UA 352 Figure 220 Security Settings Java Scripting esses iesu nrerin ernannt hana anaana eee 353 Figure 221 Security SUNOS RAVE e 353 Beg wee ar zs ia 0 eee 354 Figure 223 ebore Number and Host IE asso abes oboe EHI RE Esto be ERAI Qua A Et SERM ARA 356 Figure 224 Subnetting Example
435. s allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 8 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server This is a server used in businesses more than in homes If you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network eve
436. s chapter explains how to upload new firmware manage configuration files and restart your ZyXEL Device Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your ZyXEL Device 23 1 Introduction Use the instructions in this chapter to change the device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings The firmware determines the device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site or www zyxel com to use to upgrade your device s performance Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 23 2 Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password DHCP Setup TCP IP Setup etc It arrives from ZyXEL with a rom filename extension Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operat
437. s of directory servers that Servers contain lists of valid and revoked certificates Advanced Static Route IP Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes QoS General Use this screen to enable QoS and traffic prioritizing and configure bandwidth management on the WAN Class Setup Use this screen to define a classifier Monitor Use this screen to view each queue s statictics Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to set whether or not your device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPn
438. s the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator The SSL protocol specifies that the SSL server the ZyXEL Device must always authenticate itself to the SSL client the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the ZyXEL Device whereas the SSL client only should authenticate itself when the SSL server requires it to do so select Authenticate Client Certificates in the REMOTE MGMT gt WWW screen Authenticate Client Certificates is optional and if selected means the SSL client must send the ZyXEL Device a certificate You must apply for a certificate for the browser from a CA that is a trusted CA on the ZyXEL Device Please refer to the following figure 1 HTTPS connection requests from an SSL aware web browser go to port 443 by default on the ZyXEL Device s WS web server 2 HTTP connection requests from a web browser go to port 80 by default on the ZyXEL Device s WS web server Figure 147 HTTPS Implementation WS T 80 HTTPS HTTP EES If you disable the HTTP service in the REMOTE MGMT gt WWW screen then the ZyXEL Device blocks all HTTP connection attempts P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 257 Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration 19 3 WWW Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s HTTP and HTTPS management settings Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 148 Remote Management WWW HTTPS Port Access Status q Note www Port so
439. s the labels in this screen Table 22 WAN Interface Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Ethernet Select the check box to set the first Ethernet port as a WAN port The VDSL port WAN will then be disabled automatically This allows the ZyXEL Device to work as an Ethernet gateway instead of a VDSL router To access the Internet connect the first Ethernet port to a broadband modem or router The ZyXEL Device restarts after you select or clear the check box and click Apply Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings T 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 7 4 on page 94 to configure the LAN screens 7 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 40 LAN and WAN IP Addresses WAN 4 Internet e
440. s valid The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site 4 View Certificate P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration 19 4 2 Netscape Navigator Warning Messages When you attempt to access the ZyXEL Device HTTPS server a Website Certified by an Unknown Authority screen pops up asking if you trust the server certificate Click Examine Certificate if you want to verify that the certificate is from the ZyXEL Device If Accept this certificate temporarily for this session is selected then click OK to continue in Netscape Select Accept this certificate permanently to import the ZyXEL Device s certificate into the SSL client Figure 150 Security Certificate 1 Netscape x i Unable to verify the identity of P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D as a trusted site Possible reasons for this error Your browser does not recognize the Certificate Authority that issued the site s certificate The site s certificate is incomplete due to a server misconfiguration You are connected to a site pretending to be P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D possibly to obtain your confidential information Please notify the site s webmaster about this problem Before accepting this certificate you should examine this site s certificate carefully Are you willing to to accept this certificate For the purpose of identifying the web site P2802HWL I1 0019CB1C084D Exam
441. s zyxel com for North American products P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix G Legal Information P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Required Information ee p Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it is the prefix number you dial to make an international telephone call Corporate Headquarters Worldwide Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web www zyxel com www europe zyxel com FTP ftp zyxel com ftp europe zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Costa Rica Support E mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web www zyxel co cr FTP ftp zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web www zyxel cz P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix H Customer Support Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika Denmark
442. sal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 20 2 1 on page 272 for configuration instructions 20 1 1 How do know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 20 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT 20 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening
443. select the newly created certificate in the Server Host Key field Click Apply 19 4 4 Login Screen After you accept the certificate the ZyXEL Device login screen appears The lock displayed in the bottom right of the browser status bar denotes a secure connection P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 152 Example Lock Denoting a Secure Connection E Welcome to the Web Based Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer P2802HWL I1 Welcome to your router Configuration Interface je o L XB bene Click Login and you then see the next screen The factory default certificate is a common default certificate for all ZyXEL Device models Figure 153 Replace Certificate ZyXEL Replace Factory Default Certificate Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your ZyXEL Device s MAC address that will be specific to this device Click Certificates to open the My Certificates screen You will see information similar to that shown in the following figure P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Remote Management Configuration Figure 154 Device specific Certificate My Certificates Trusted CAs Trusted Remote Hosts Directory Servers My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 9 0 100 My Certificate Setting aa Subject Issuer Yalid From Yalid To TES CN P
444. sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 It stops deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions drops below the number set as the maximum incomplete low TCP Maximum Incomplete An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a DoS attack is being launched against the host Specify the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth The ZyXEL Device sends alerts whenever the TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Select the action that ZyXEL Device should take when the TCP maximum incomplete threshold is reached You can have the ZyXEL Device either Delete the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes or Deny new connection requests for the number of minutes that you specify between 1 and 255 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide C
445. settings for this SIP account The Advanced SIP Setup screen appears 10 5 Advanced SIP Setup Screen Click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings to open the SIP Settings screen Select a SIP account and click Advanced Setup to open the Advanced SIP Setup screen Use this screen to maintain advanced settings for each SIP account P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Figure 76 VoIP SIP Settings Advanced SIP Account SIP1 SIP Server Settings URL Type Expiration Duration Register Re send timer Session Expires Min SE RTP Port Range Start Port End Port Voice Compression Primary Compression Type Secondary Compression Type Third Compression Type DTMF Mode Outbound Proxy I Enable Server Address Server Port MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Expiration Time Fax Option G 711 Fax Passthrough Call Forward Call Forward Table Caller Ringing Enable Caller Ringing Tone On Hold Enable On Hold Tone 5600 20 5535 sec i80 1 65535 sec 180 30 3600 sec 50 20 1800 sec 50000 1025 65535 65535 1025 65535 ezma 7 6728 z ozt1u 7 RFC 2833 v o 1025 65535 1800 1 65535 sec C T 38 Fax Relay Table 1 z Default l Default seo Each field is described in the following table Table 49 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced Cancel LABEL DESCRIPTION
446. sful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 188 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address 192 168 1 1 See Appendix A on page 337 for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen Figure 189 Configuration Upload Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 23 5 3 Reset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults The following warning screen appears Figure 190 Reset Warning Message x 9 Are
447. sible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 39 on page 120 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 9 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 62 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global WAN IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 13 ES 192 168 1 11 IGA 2 192 168 1 12
448. ss space needed to describe it G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps 132 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice e G 729 is an Analysis by Synthesis AbS hybrid waveform codec that uses a filter based on information about how the human vocal tract produces sounds G 729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8 kbps 10 2 7 PSTN Call Setup Signaling Dual Tone MultiFrequency DTMF signaling uses pairs of frequencies one lower frequency and one higher frequency to set up calls It is also known as Touch Tone Each of the keys on a DTMF telephone corresponds to a different pair of frequencies Pulse dialing sends a series of clicks to the local phone office in order to dial numbers 10 2 8 MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Message Waiting Indication MWI enables your phone to give you a message waiting beeping dial tone when you have a voice message s Your VoIP service provider must have a messaging system that sends message waiting status SIP packets as defined in RFC 3842 10 2 9 Custom Tones IVR IVR Interactive Voice Response is a feature that allows you to use your telephone to interact with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device allows you to record custom tones for the Caller Ringing Tone and On Hold Tone functions The same recordings apply to both the caller ringing and on hold tones Table 47 Custom Tones Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Total Time f
449. ssaqe Source Destination Notes eee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 gazo teegon none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ER CESS 3 Pd none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 SEITE 4 keep none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NM joe ied WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 115 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry 22 3 Configuring Log
450. ssign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 23 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEPS STEP 2 f Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to Complete the Connection Wizard N Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the Name SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Finish Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process lt Back Apply Exit 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard BS No wireless LAN settings display if you chose not to configure wireless LAN settings Figure 24 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard
451. sstcceceeesteneecerenstceecerentnenees 281 Figure 176 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ssssss 281 Figure 177 System General Setup i e n eterni ih kx Ran x KEEN Ec EA ENN ERR MAR REN EERENS 286 Figure 178 System lime SCING e 287 Poe TI VON als a ner rer terre rrr ter rrren ter errr err rer ren terres Ter errr TTT rere Terre Tr er rrer Teer 290 ES CE SUESSES noc MP T 291 Figure 1891 cac Log Example e 293 Figure 152 FATTO USES DICITO List aula fd uti dated a mia etiem eM tpa du eR edd 305 Figure 1853 Firmware Upload Ip Progro S ceto Loin niei Ent blister e rede N 306 Figure 184 Network Temporarily Disconnected irradian he ntt nn tee Ente pe 306 a eea e Re o ois UN nva 306 Figure 106 CONRGUIAUION me 307 Figure 167 Contigquraton Upload Suctesstul 1 2 od eet er tiri t boe A 308 Figure 198 Network Temporarily Disconnected 2 oe terr etie ei iR RR HIR IRE En ee inter ER ted acie ide 308 Figure 189 Conngurepom Upload EOF 2125s setts ict asina cci ciui siot t b ba rLa aed ciaacccshdamsoeusisguscenmcsancbiabes 308 Figure 190 Reset Warming IIGBSEIBE siccis pneter dle kie adt ERE C LR RE Ft tat E LR Den a 308 Figure 191 Reset In Process Mossada su I quieti a ira EH a M Ee CH pAUM NOU S EAS e MR Lecce 309 Figure T92 Rostan SOIBBIT uiuos sim adnate oid i adr dad ees Fidei Pa Lotta ae P ERN Lnd 309 Figure 199
452. stablish session keys 768 bit Group 1 DH1 and 1024 bit Group 2 DH2 Diffie Hellman groups are supported Upon completion of the Diffie Hellman exchange the two peers have a shared secret but the IKE SA is not authenticated For authentication use pre shared keys P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens 14 12 3 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Enabling PFS means that the key is transient The key is thrown away and replaced by a brand new key using a new Diffie Hellman exchange for each new IPSec SA setup With PFS enabled if one key is compromised previous and subsequent keys are not compromised because subsequent keys are not derived from previous keys The time consuming Diffie Hellman exchange is the trade off for this extra security This may be unnecessary for data that does not require such security so PFS is disabled None by default in the ZyXEL Device Disabling PFS means new authentication and encryption keys are derived from the same root secret which may have security implications in the long run but allows faster SA setup by bypassing the Diffie Hellman key exchange 14 13 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings Click Advanced Setup in the VPN Setup Edit screen to open this screen Figure 112 Advanced VPN IKE VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol Enable Replay Detection Local Start Port Remote Start Port Phasel Negotiation Mode Pre Shared Key Encryption Algorithm Authe
453. stalled in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Figure 168 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help o Back d P Search li Folders ii Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Internet Connection nabled Internet Connection Disable LANorH Status Network Tasks E Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device m Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this Create Shortcut E alil Rename Properties 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 169 Internet Connection Properties EJ Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Setting
454. stination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 6 Firewall Rules Summary The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 11 5 on page 160 for more information P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Figure 89 Firewall Rules Rules owl o RI Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 195 Packet Direction Create a new rule after rule number Add 10095 Lan to LAN Router 7 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 61 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording
455. supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview NCE CTO eee a aa 33 Hippo mp6 dum o e 35 introducing ihe Web Gong Bl uses xt ie sic dtwtvewcud Ena ERANA ANDE S EXE Eo re px EGER as PELLE uua 43 MANZE cina ert un re iex DES kx E Eno ERA UAR ERIS IARE ILU AAE CM N
456. t Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network WI NI RIO Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message 11 Time Exceeded Time to live exceeded in transit Fragment reassembly time exceeded Parameter Problem Pointer indicates the error Timestamp Timestamp request message Timestamp Reply Timestamp reply message Information Request Information request message Information Reply Information reply message Table 132 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION msg msg note lt note gt devID lt mac address last three numbers gt lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as hr mm ss hostname the system name if you haven t configured one when the src lt srcelP srcPort gt router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web dst lt dstIP dstPort gt MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devID is the last three characters of the cat lt category gt MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs Table 133 SIP Logs LOG MESSA
457. t if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 6 on page 83 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 77 VPN Setup Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an
458. t to a group of computers on the LAN and are an alternative to unicast packets packets sent to one computer and broadcast packets packets sent to every computer IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 21 Advanced Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 3 WAN Interface Setup Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s WAN interface setting Click Network gt WAN gt WAN Interface Setup If you prefer not to use a VDSL line and you have another broadband modem or router such as ADSL available you can set the first Ethernet port as the WAN port and connect that to the broadband modem or router This way you can access the Internet via an Ethernet connection and still use the QoS Firewall and VoIP functions on the ZyXEL Device Figure 39 WAN Interface Setup WAN Interface Setup Wan Interface Setting Active Ethernet WAN Enable Ethernet LAN port 1 to be WAN interface The original VDSL port will be disable Apply Cancel The following table describe
459. te passwords to simultaneously connect to the ZyXEL Device from IPSec routers with dynamic IP addresses seeSection 14 18 on page 207 for a telecommuter configuration example Regardless of the ID type and content configuration the ZyXEL Device does not allow you to save multiple active rules with overlapping local and remote IP addresses With main mode seeSection 14 12 1 on page 199 the ID type and content are encrypted to provide identity protection In this case the ZyXEL Device can only distinguish between up to 12 different incoming SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device can distinguish up to 12 incoming SAs because you can select between three encryption algorithms DES 3DES and AES two authentication algorithms MDS and SHA1 and two key groups DH1 and DH2 when you configure a VPN rule seeSection 14 13 on page 200 The ID type and content act as an extra level of identification for incoming SAs The type of ID can be a domain name an IP address or an e mail address The content 1s the IP address domain name or e mail address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Table 73 Local ID Type and Content Fields LOCAL ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of your computer or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use its own IP address DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify
460. tede pote 144 tTI EROS Sanico OVON dnas ie dadiod deve tincta dt dap de e at Lao nme 145 URB II d m m m P 145 10 11 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services ssssssssssessses 145 10 11 3 DSA Type Supplementary Services uuiseseecea eta Ert dnaxa a a R Reha a Ita Ke 147 10 12 ViC P c pibe ce 148 DUT Se ED E 148 10 14 Incoming Call Policy Screen uaiusseceni danse is i dine tbi rae eaaa Luna bah Danse bei aguda uda 150 10 15 PSTN Line E models Oll sorrisi ne oo pr taa Eo ett ie Ferrata xe bao Lagu poro ca Ru Ee pUd 152 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Table of Contents 10 16 PSTN Line Screen CL modele GI iuuissscexiiaenct tte hri b IRR E ES A RUE FEX REL E Rt RR 152 Chapter 11 ra Merc T 155 Que zi E el RU UU m UN 155 11 11 Stateiul inspection Firewall D 155 11 1 2 About tha ZyXEL Device Firewall 1 eoisie eaae tk kata kt bh tta kk tii ana 155 11 1 3 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall eseese 156 11 2 General Firewall Policy OVOIVIBW 1i dide prete bdo rd d eda ra e lo dig tad 156 To Securty Considerations 25 orden e padded e abe opua Lepod ede ten bud dod ad Dad eps 158 TLA Muni 158 TT T Tho Triangle Route PEODIGITI casisivcsettinsncxsatinncsees db tct a qv d eaa trn 158 11 4 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem 122i rer rrr tates Eee FE adn H Fb Eris do EE koe daa ERERA 159 TLS General cM
461. ters supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table summarizes these types Table 39 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 amp IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp 2 IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 9 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 39 on page 1
462. that support OTIST and are within transmission range You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minutes to complete Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of up to eight ASCII characters in length Be sure to use the same OTIST Setup Key on the ZyXEL Device and wireless clients Back Click Back to display the previous screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 59 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Table 9 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 20 Wireless LAN f wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wir Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security s You should use the default channel unless other same channel Disable wireless security Y Disabling wireless security will leave your network unprotected em B ve gt m The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 10 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations us
463. the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name except in the case of a self signed certificate which you can also set to be the default self signed certificate that signs the imported trusted remote host certificates Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen 15 8 Trusted CAs Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the ZyXEL Device to accept as trusted The ZyXEL Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being trustworthy thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Figure 123 Trusted CAs Loon MpRIEUM Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use 795 Trusted CA Setting OU Secure Server OU Secure Server Certification Certification 1 VeriSign cer Authority O RSA Authority O RSA aa NoN een dell ae No g T Data Security Data
464. the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter JEEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons LIE DER RIR OEE REIR BERE SR RAS RR gt AERERTHI ZR RSS HH INE A BS gt DUK RE Jte P RETE BONE s IMEEM ER HESS RAR RI gt HEVLBUPSHH eB REAPS EEH e HPA Ga TRIKE a ede FSR RR TH RR BRS SCA GS BCLS BER Rca ie FA REN TE a sc ZH e 4 m VT R EAS SER SZ fat it it Th a
465. the specified phone number regardless of other rules in the Forward to Number section Specify the phone number in the field on the right Busy Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified phone number if the phone port is busy Specify the phone number in the field on the right If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone number if you reject or ignore the second incoming call No Answer Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified Forward to phone number if the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Specify Number the phone number in the field on the right No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number feature and No Answer Waiting Time conditions below Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming call before it considers the call is unanswered Advanced Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules before it checks the rules in the Forward to Number section This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Activate Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Incoming Call Number Enter the phone number to which this rule app
466. the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Selection Select a channel from the drop down list box Scan Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device automatically scan for and select a channel which is not used by another device Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 8 4 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data encryption P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN BS If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 50 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Scan Security Security Mode No Security x Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security
467. the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 4 HTTPS Example If you haven t changed the default HTTPS port on the ZyXEL Device then in your browser enter https ZyXEL Device IP Address as the web site address where ZyXEL Device IP Address is the IP address or domain name of the ZyXEL Device you wish to access 19 4 1 Internet Explorer Warning Messages When you attempt to access the ZyXEL Device HTTPS server a Windows dialog box pops up asking if you trust the server certificate Click View Certificate if you want to verify that the certificate is from the ZyXEL Device You see the following Security Alert screen in Internet Explorer Select Yes to proceed to the web configurator login screen if you select No then web configurator access is blocked Figure 149 Security Alert Dialog Box Internet Explorer 8 Security Alert j x Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others However there is a problem with the site s security certificate amp amp Do you want to proceed The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority The security certificate date i
468. the lock to prevent further changes 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window P 2802H W L Series User s Guide 347 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default BS Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 215 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker urn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Po
469. thernet connection to a broadband modem or router WAN Interface This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is using the VDSL port for Internet access VDSL or using the first Ethernet port as the WAN port Ethernet CPU Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications for example using QoS see Chapter 17 on page 239 Memory Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 23 6 on page 309 or turn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For the DSL interface this field displays Down if you re using Ethernet encapsulation or the DSL port is disabled and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For th
470. this ZyXEL Device E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address Table 74 Peer ID Type and Content Fields PEER ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address The domain name also does not have to match the remote router s IP address or what you configure in the Secure Gateway Address field below 14 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples Two IPSec routers must have matching ID type and content configuration in order to set up a VPN tunnel The two ZyXEL Devices in this example can complete negotiation and establish a VPN tunnel Table 75 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type E mail L
471. tiated Services 240 DiffServ code points 134 DiffServ marking rule 135 240 directory servers adding editing 233 certificates 212 directory servers and certificates 232 disclaimer 401 DNS 90 268 DNS Server for VPN host 190 domain name 285 domain name system see DNS DoS 173 DoS Denial of Service 327 DQPSK 331 DS field 134 240 DS See Differentiated Services DSCP 240 DSCPs 134 DSL line reinitialize 316 DTMF 133 DTMF detection and generation 330 Dual Tone MultiFrequency 133 dynamic DNS 251 327 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 327 dynamic jitter buffer 330 dynamic secure gateway address 187 dynamic WEP key exchange 370 DYNDNS wildcard 251 E EAP authentication 369 EAP MD5 331 echo cancellation 142 330 e mail log example 293 emergency numbers 152 encapsulation 181 PPP over Ethernet 83 encapsulation security payload 185 encryption 179 371 ESP 181 ESP protocol 185 ESS 364 Europe type call service mode 145 Extended Service Set 364 Extended Service Set IDentification 105 extended wireless security 61 external antenna 331 external RADIUS 331 F FCC interference statement 401 filename conventions 303 304 Firewall 155 156 firewall address type 165 creating editing rules 163 custom ports 166 DoS 173 Dos threshold 173 enabling 160 maximum incomplete high 173 maximum incomplete low 173 one minute high 173 one minute low 173 policies 156 rule security considerations 158 TCP maximum i
472. time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Savings Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Daylight Savings The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Savin
473. tion and phase 2 Key Exchange A phase 1 exchange establishes an IKE SA and the second one uses that SA to negotiate SAs for IPSec Figure 111 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA Phase 1 Phase 2 IKE SA IPSec SA In phase 1 you must Choose a negotiation mode Authenticate the connection by entering a pre shared key P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Screens Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose a Diffie Hellman public key cryptography key group DH1 or DH2 Set the IKE SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long an IKE SA should stay up before it times out An IKE SA times out when the IKE SA lifetime period expires If an IKE SA times out when an IPSec SA is already established the IPSec SA stays connected In phase 2 you must Choose which protocol to use ESP or AH for the IKE key exchange Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose whether to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS using Diffie Hellman public key cryptography see Section 14 12 3 on page 200 Select None the default to disable PFS Choose Tunnel mode or Transport mode Set the IPSec SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long the IPSec SA should stay up before it times out The ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if there is traffic when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires The
474. tive SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the remote IPSec router that can use the VPN tunnel The remote IP addresses must corres
475. tive the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Table 112 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 20 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 163 Add
476. tocol filters 256 Set 30201020 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201021 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201022 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201023 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201024 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201025 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201026 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 Menu 3 5 Wireless LAN Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30500001 ESSID Wireless 30500002 Hide ESSID 0 No 0 l Yes 30500003 Channel ID x 11 2131 41516 1 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 13 30500004 RTS Threshold 0 2432 2432 30500005 FRAG Threshold 256 2432 2432 30500006 WEP O DISABLE 0 1 64 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 170 Menu 3 30500007 Default Key lt 1 2 3 4 gt 0 30500008 WEP Keyl 30500009 WEP Key2 30500010 WEP Key3 30500011 WEP Key4 30500012 Wlan Active O Disable 0 1 Enable gt MENU 3 5 1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER FIN FN PVA INPUT 30501001 Mac Filter Active lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30501002 Filter Action lt 0 Allow 0 1
477. two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 225 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 1 A LE I B D P E3 mo SN i I LE CS hs 5 H P T Internet gt a n B TM P i P i i i 9 192 168 1 0 25 4 W192 168 1 128 ue a mumumumumum um eom um um um um um um In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible c
478. twork after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 34 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK Timer key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network
479. twork media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab f you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS f you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 204 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 3 x Bindings Advanced Netpios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways f you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 Inthe Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP 1 For Windows XP click start Control Panel In Windows 2000 NT click Start Settings Control Panel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure
480. types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of Authentication This appendix discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP Consult your network administrator for more information EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless station The wireless station proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD5 authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server ma
481. uch as keys and algorithms they will use 13 1 3 Other Terminology 13 1 3 1 Encryption Encryption is a mathematical operation that transforms data from plaintext readable to ciphertext scrambled text using a key The key and clear text are processed by the encryption operation which leads to the data scrambling that makes encryption secure Decryption is the opposite of encryption it is a mathematical operation that transforms ciphertext to plaintext Decryption also requires a key P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Introduction to IPSec Figure 103 Encryption and Decryption Plaintext Encryption Cip Ciphertext Decryption Plaintext 13 1 3 2 Data Confidentiality The IPSec sender can encrypt packets before transmitting them across a network 13 1 3 3 Data Integrity The IPSec receiver can validate packets sent by the IPSec sender to ensure that the data has not been altered during transmission 13 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication The IPSec receiver can verify the source of IPSec packets This service depends on the data integrity service 13 1 4 VPN Applications The ZyXEL Device supports the following VPN applications Linking Two or More Private Networks Together Connect branch offices and business partners over the Internet with significant cost savings and improved performance when compared to leased lines between sites Accessing Network Resources When NAT Is Ena
482. uide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 19 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Poll Interval s Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 6 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection to another network or the Internet 6 1 1 PPP over Ethernet The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF Draft standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection The PPPoE option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you a
483. ule LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Matched Use the drop down list box to select whether to discard Drop deny and send Packet an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender of Reject or allow the passage of Permit packets that match this rule P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Table 62 Firewall Edit Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses for instance 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services
484. unt 1 s SIP number P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 321 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 25 5 Problems With Multiple SIP Accounts You can set up two SIP accounts on your ZyXEL Device and your ZyXEL Device is equipped with two phone ports By default your ZyXEL Device uses SIP account 1 with both phone ports for outgoing calls and it uses SIP accounts 1 and 2 for incoming calls With this setting you always use SIP account 1 for your outgoing calls and you cannot distinguish which SIP account the calls are coming in through If you want to control the use of different dialing plans for accounting purposes or other reasons you need to configure your phone ports in order to control which SIP account you are using when placing or receiving calls 25 5 1 Outgoing Calls The following figure represents the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When you place a call from phone 1 or phone 2 the ZyXEL Device will use SIP account 1 Figure 198 Outgoing Calls Default PHONE1 SIP 2 In the next example phone port is configured to use SIP account and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 In this case every time you place a call through phone port 1 you are using your SIP account 1 Similarly every time you place a call through phone port 2 you are using your SIP account 2 To apply these configuration changes you need to configure
485. ur VoIP usage See Section 5 5 on page 79 VoIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You have to register SIP accounts with a SIP server to use VoIP If the SIP account is already registered with the SIP server e Click Unregister to delete the SIP accounts registration in the SIP server This does not cancel your SIP account but it deletes the mapping between your SIP identity and your IP address or domain name The second field displays Registered If the SIP account is not registered with the SIP server Click Register to have the ZyXEL Device attempt to register the SIP account with the SIP server The second field displays the reason the account is not registered Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings 5 2 Any IP Table Click Status gt AnyIP Table to access this screen Use this screen to view the IP address and MAC address of each
486. user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Directory Specify the default remote directory path Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 23 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Tools 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the
487. vice To set the device back to the factory default settings press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the device restarts P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See Appendix B on page 349 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 4 A password screen displays The default password 1234 displays in non readable characters If you haven t changed the password yet you can just click Login Click Cancel to revert to the de
488. ward 3 Dro p P 2802H W L Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 174 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 continued Menu 21 1 1 6 set 1 rule 6 ET FN PVA INPUT 210106001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 2 210106002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210106003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210106004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210106005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210106006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210106007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210106008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210106009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Subnet Mask 0 210106010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210106011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210106013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210106014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Not Match lt 1 check 2 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 Menu 21 1 filter set 2 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210200001 Filter Set 2 Nam Str NetBIOS WAN Menu 21 1 2 1 Filter set 2 rule 1
489. wer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions Reject the second call Press the flash key and then press 0 Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after it rings Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 10 11 2 3 European Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 10 11 2 4 European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hangup the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way c
490. which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyXEL Device 4 The ZyXEL Device then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 87 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN Internet Subnet 2 11 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 11 5 on page 160 for more information Figure 88 Firewall General General Rules Threshold General M Active Firewall IV Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check WAN to LAN Drop gt Vv LAN to WAN Permit gt 2 WAN to WAN Router Drop gt 2 LAN to LAN Router Permit ri Basic Apply Cancel P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 60 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route If an alternate gateway on the LAN has an IP address in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address return tr
491. work 3 device Repair EN Repair this connection i Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this connection Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename Properties 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and click Properties Figure 208 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Hi Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items v I amp Client for Microsoft Networks v 8 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks vi JZ QoS Packet Scheduler Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP f you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically f you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 209 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings
492. y Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address 252 P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS Setup Table 104 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide 253 Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS Setup P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 19 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers The following figure shows secure and insecure management of the ZyXEL Device coming in from the WAN HTTPS access
493. y access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless stations for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 P 2802H W L I Seri
494. y set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 15 12 on page 228 for how to verify a remote host s certificate SHA Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote h
495. yXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates 15 5 My Certificate Import Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates and then Import to open the My Certificate Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the ZyXEL Device LES You can only import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the ZyXEL Device LES The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certificates screen P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates BES You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import it 15 5 1 Certificate File Formats The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats Binary X 509 This is an ITU T recommendation that defines the formats for X 509 certificates PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X 509 certificate into a printable form Binary PKCS 7 This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data including digital signatures that may be encrypted The ZyXEL Device currently allows the importation of a PKS 7 file that contains a single certificate e PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 This Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format uses 64 ASCII chara
496. yXEL Device wirelessly Enable wireless security WEP WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK and or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL Device Note Only upload firmware for your specific model Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration You can put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address Use NAT to convert your public IP address es to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use a fixed URL www zyxel com for example with a dynamic IP address You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 a
497. ys the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate Some certification authorities use rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Other certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of P 2802H W L I Series User s Guide the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Chapter 15 Certificates Table 90 Trusted CA Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to e

ZyXEL P-2802H(W)(L)-I Series User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents